Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Omni Bridgeway Limited

Omni Bridgeway Limited

obl · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker obl
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Omni Bridgeway Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2019

IMF Bentham Limited 

IMF Bentham Limited 
provides dispute resolution 
finance and strategic 
know-how to corporations, 
individual claimants and their 
professional advisers to help 
them resolve their disputes 
fairly and expediently.

We pioneered modern-day dispute resolution 
finance in Australia, listing on the ASX in 2001, 
and took the business to the world. We now have 
offices across Australia, Asia, Canada, the UK 
and the US, and manage a global investment 
portfolio with an Estimated Portfolio Value (EPV)* 
of approximately A$9.5 billion.

Our highly experienced team members are specialists 
in law and finance and help deliver outcomes to 
funded claimants that they could not achieve alone.

As one of the most respected brands in the industry, 
we are passionate about what we do. 

* 

 See Glossary of Terms

Contents

Highlights  ....................................................................... 2
Track Record of Success ............................................... 3
Chairman’s and Managing Director’s Report .................. 4
Directors’ Report .......................................................... 53
Auditor’s Independence Declaration ............................ 80
Statement of Comprehensive Income .......................... 81
Statement of Financial Position .................................... 82
Statement of Cash Flows ............................................. 83
Statement of Changes in Equity ................................... 84
Notes to the Financial Statements ................................ 85

A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR 

90

Note 1:  Segment information .................................... 90
Note 2:  Revenue ....................................................... 94
Note 3:  Net (loss)/gain on derecognition  

of intangibles assets ..................................... 94
Note 4:  Other Income  .............................................. 95
Note 5:  Expenses ..................................................... 95
Income tax ................................................... 97
Note 6: 
Note 7:  Earnings per share ....................................... 99
Note 8:  Dividends paid and proposed .................... 101
Note 9:  Statement of cash flows reconciliation ....... 102

B. INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

103

Note 10:  Intangible assets ........................................ 103

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE 

105

Note 11:  Financial risk management ......................... 105
Note 12:  Cash and cash equivalents ........................ 109
Note 13:  Debt securities ........................................... 109
Note 14:  Contributed equity.......................................111
Note 15:  Retained earnings and reserves ................. 112

D. WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS  
AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

113

Note 16:  Litigation contracts and other receivables  . 113
Note 17:  Contract costs............................................ 114
Note 18:  Other assets ............................................... 114
Note 19:  Plant and equipment .................................. 114
Note 20:  Trade and other payables ........................... 116
Note 21:  Provisions ................................................... 116
Note 22:  Commitments and contingencies ............... 117

E. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED PARTIES 

119

Note 23:  Key management personnel....................... 119
Note 24:  Share-based payment plan ........................ 119
Note 25:  Parent entity information  ........................... 121
Note 26:  Material partly-owned subsidiaries  ............ 123
Note 28:  Auditor’s remuneration ............................... 126
Note 29:  Events after the reporting date ................... 126
Directors’ Declaration ................................................. 127
Independent Auditor’s Report .................................... 128
Shareholder Information ............................................. 135
Corporate Information ................................................ 138
Glossary of Terms  ..................................................... 139

1

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
Highlights

Cash up 41% 
to $226.5m
With significant cash reserves, 
we are growing the business, 
financing large investments 
and are a formidable ally 
(or opponent) in litigation.

5
.
6
2
2

2
.
0
6
1

5
.
2
4
1

9
.
4
4
1

1
.
0
3
1

Investments up 
33% to $427.0m
We have tripled the 
number of investments 
and increased the 
average size of 
investments. This 
cements our position as 
one of the world’s largest 
and strongest funders.

0
.
7
2
4

3
.
1
2
3

9

.

0
9
1

6

.

5
4
1

5

.

9
9

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Cash 
($ Million)

Investments 
($ Million)

Net assets up 
40% to $515.5m
Through increased cash 
and increased investments, 
we have increased net 
assets. We are more 
financially robust than ever.

5

.

5
1
5

8
.
7
6
3

4
.
1
0
2

3
.
6
0
2

9
.
5
8
1

Portfolio value up 
68% to $9,456m*
Our increased portfolio 
represents the potential 
for proceed generation 
in future years. 

6
5
4

,

9

9
6
8
,
5

6
9
0
,
4

8
3
4
,
3

2
0
0
,
2

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

Net Assets 
($ Million)

Portfolio
($ Million)

 Portfolio value from 2017 includes conditionally funded investments and investments approved for funding by the Investment Committee, 
but not yet funded.

* 

2

Track Record 
of Success

171

Delivering 
results for 
over 18 years

21

$2.39 billion 
total  
recoveries

2.6 years
average investment 
length

$1.49 billion 
returns for funded 
claimants

83 
active  
investments

89% 
success  
rate 

192 
investments funded 
to completion

1.3x 
return on 
invested capital

Wins/settlements

Losses

Portfolio diversity 
increased*
Our diversified portfolio mitigates risk 
and leverages market opportunities.

2%

3%

<1%

8%

9%

22%

40%

Portfolio more 
geographically dispersed*
Through geographical spread, we are more 
resilient to jurisdictional dynamics.

11%

8%

32%

Asia
Australia
Canada
United States
EMEA

41%

Appeal
Arbitration
Commercial
Insolvency
Law Firm
Group
Other IP
Patent
Whistleblower

13%

3%

8%

EPV by Investment Type 
(%)

EPV by Geography
(%)

* 

 Portfolio value from 2017 includes conditionally funded investments and investments approved for funding by the Investment Committee, 
but not yet funded.

3

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report

Introduction 
This year our progress has been transformational 
and IMF Bentham is almost unrecognisable from the 
organisation it was four years ago. We are committed 
to our long-range strategy of diversification across our 
business and we accept the impact this has on our 
current International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 
results. We anticipate our future IFRS results will reflect 
the investment made in our strategy when our investment 
process completes its full cycle and meaningful 
completions are achieved.

We set in place an ambitious five-year strategic plan in 
July 2015 which involved redesigning the fundamentals 
of our business. This included diversifying our capital, 

geography and investments with the over-arching 
objective of de-risking our business and building an 
enterprise that is future-fit for a dynamic world. In FY19 
we continued our achievements in each area and we 
are well ahead of our self-imposed schedule to become 
one of the world’s leading dispute resolution finance 
providers.

We are delighted to report that during the year we 
significantly grew and diversified our Investment Portfolio, 
increased our Funds Under Management including 
launching new Funds, completed numerous capital 
management strategies and expanded our global 
footprint. These achievements are consistent with our 
accelerated approach to a risk-adjusted investment 
strategy. We expand upon each of these below.

Increased jurisdictional coverage

Australia, USA, UK

Australia, USA,  
Canada, Asia, EMEA

1 July 2015

30 June 2019

Increased investments1

41

94

Increased EPV

$2.0 billion

$9.5 billion

Increased team

35

100+

Funds management

–

5 Funds (~$2 billion)

FY19 Results

Profit and Loss
Our financial results this year continue to reflect that we 
have been implementing our transformational strategy 
to position our business for long-term performance. We 
have now largely concluded the transitional phase and 
expect to see more stabilised earnings moving forward. 

We reported a net loss in our P&L this year as income 
was impacted by litigation results and an investment in 
our costs in line with our geographic and Fund expansion. 
FY19 results were also impacted by delayed completions 
for a number of investments (including Wivenhoe and 

Westgem). Investments representing nine percent of our 
estimated portfolio value at 30 June 2018 were completed 
during this year. This is a lower figure than anticipated 
but is also a function of the exponential increase in the 
number of investments in recent years and the stage of 
our strategic plan implementation which is yet to mature 
into significant completions. 

The results are equally reflective of an industry-wide 
phenomenon. The legal industry is reporting slower 
resolution rates in a number of jurisdictions due to the 
increased complexity of disputes2 and a propensity 
for legal decision makers to increase spending on 
litigation and protract negotiations and/or proceed 

1. 
2. 

 Includes investments approved by the Investment Committee, funded and conditionally funded
 The BTI Consulting Group, BTI Litigation Outlook 2019: Changes, Trends and Opportunities for Law Firms, p 7

4

to trial. Whether influenced by insurers, administrative or 
other commercial factors, this shift in litigious strategy 
impacts all parties involved in dispute resolution. Dispute 
management approaches can and do change over 
time, subject to market forces. As we have previously 
noted, these factors are beyond our control, but we do 
not expect the current dynamics to endure beyond the 
medium term.

This year our results were also impacted by the loss of 
two US-funded cases (including a bilateral treaty claim 
against Uruguay) and one in Canada. These investments 
were in our fund structures, so whilst the entire losses 
flow through our consolidated accounts the cash 
impact is minimal.

At the end of FY19 the claim we funded against Ashley 
Services Group Ltd settled (and is included in our FY19 
results) and actions against Murray Goulburn Co-
operative Co Limited/MG Responsible Entity Limited, 
Sirtex Medical Limited and Forge Group Limited were 
successfully settled with financial returns from those 
investments to be accounted for in our FY20 results 
(assuming court approval and satisfaction of any other 
conditions). After the close of FY19, the claim against 
two respondents in a confidential Australian matter 
settled, and the shareholder class action against UGL 
settled in principle. There was also a settlement in 

principle in a confidential US bankruptcy investment and 
a settlement in a confidential US appeal funding. Results 
will be recorded in FY20.

This year we grew our team by 28 employees to 101 
employees as at 30 June 2019, with important senior 
appointments in each jurisdiction. This increased our 
employee benefits expense. 

Our IFRS results contrast with our cash results this 
financial year, which reflect a cash operating profit of 
$6.4 million (excluding non-cash items, and adding 
back capitalised expenses for the period).

Balance Sheet
We have grown and diversified our investment 
portfolio significantly throughout FY18 and FY19 and 
acknowledged that it would take time for our P&L to 
reflect the benefits of this strategy. Based on an average 
realised investment gestation of 2.6 years from initial 
commitment of funds to final resolution and return on 
investment, coupled with any market dynamics which 
may extend that lifespan, we anticipate completions 
from FY20 onwards. As noted above, completions 
have commenced already.

Our net assets are $515.5 million representing 
an increase of more than 40% (14% increase before  
non-controlling interests).

Cash v IFRS Results

Cash inflows from operating activities

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

Proceeds from litigation funding - settlements, fees and reimbursements

 43,179 

 94,893 

Cash outflows from operating activities
Payments to suppliers and employees

Income tax received/(paid)

Net interest paid

Cash operating profit

Less:

(35,625)

 3,459 

(4,630)

6,383

(44,316)

(13,231)

(6,078)

 31,268 

Net impact of classification of litigation intangible related cashflows to Investing Activities

 116,851 

 106,999 

Net Fund establishment costs

Share based payments, depreciation & other non-cash items

Unrealised foreign exchange gain

Net change in assets & liabilities

Net (loss) 

344

 7,837 

(3,535)

(78,966)

 42,531 

(36,148)

–

 5,964 

(4,311)

(69,537)

 39,115 

(7,847)

5

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Investment Portfolio

Portfolio overview
As part of our diversification strategy, we have grown 
our overall global investment portfolio as well as varying 
the types, sizes and geographic orbit of the investments 
within the portfolio. Our global investment portfolio 
is now larger and more diverse than ever before. As 
at 30 June 2019 our global portfolio3 comprised 83 
active investments, including investments in portfolios 
of cases (which we count as single investments) and 
11 investments approved on a conditional basis. 

Our investments (40 US and 54 RoW4) total $480 million 
in capital commitments. This year we set a target to 
commit $172 million, a 17% increase in capital and 
have exceeded that target by 30% (with funded and 
conditionally funded investments).

We are seeing increasing demand for large scale 
investments and this year committed to our two largest 
individual Fund investments to date, a US$20 million 
portfolio of cartel cases and an US$18 million 
investment into a single pre-judgment case. We 
anticipate our average investment size (currently 
A$2.4 million) will materially increase in future. 

We are also pursuing new investment types in the 
corporate sector, in which we finance litigation disputes 
for companies (and their advisers) who have the 
financial means to pursue their disputes but elect to 
use our dispute resolution finance as a capital and 
risk management strategy. Over the past 24 months 
we have been developing this business line and now 
identify 20% of our current portfolio (18 investments) 
as emanating from corporate clients. 

Almost 20% of our portfolio is financing claims 
for corporates

Corporate clients 
by claim value (USD)

Canada 
$344m

Asia 
$425m

Australia 
$12m

EMEA 
$15m

USA 
$1.55bn

Corporate clients 
by number of investments

Asia 
6

Canada 
3

USA 
7

Australia 
1

EMEA 
1

Funding applications 
With changes in regulatory environments and the 
increasing acceptance of third-party finance for capital 
and risk management, there is growing demand for 
dispute resolution finance around the world. We have 
expanded our teams and our business development 
activities to capitalise on this and have leveraged our 
strong reputation to become a funder of choice in this 
growth industry. This is reflected in the increased number 
of funding applications we are receiving.

Since the beginning of FY16 we have recorded a 118% 
increase in the number of new funding applications 

globally, with notable increases in the growth markets 
of Asia, Canada and the EMEA. In FY19 we received 
974 new funding applications globally, of which 93 
were progressed to the Investment Committee for 
consideration, and 36 were ultimately funded (including 
conditional and unconditional funding). 

We also have an extremely attractive pipeline with an 
additional 55 matters in the underwriting phase of our 
investment cycle, where we consider the investment 
against the criteria we have established in our 
investment management system.

 This includes all investments which are owned, managed or advised upon by a member of the IMF Bentham Group

3. 
4.  Rest of World

6

Funding Applications (number of applications)

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

446

264

170

12

FY15

669

309

301

59

FY16

827

371

345

104

7

FY17

866

356

302

127

55

26

FY18

974

440

201

119

130

84

FY19

Consolidated

Australia

USA

Canada

Asia

EMEA

Quality Control
Our rigorous investment filtering remains unchanged 
and we continue to convert approximately 5% from initial 
application to ultimate investment. Notwithstanding the 
expansion of our geographic footprint, we do not expect 
that our conversion rate will alter. We intend to remain 
rigorous in our case selection, to maintain our success 

rate, manage the costs of our insurance and returns 
to our shareholders and to the investors in our Funds. 

Deploying capital expediently is tempting and can be 
relatively straightforward, but selectively screening 
investments to build a quality portfolio and supporting 
each investment with on the ground expertise, requires 
discipline and know-how.

974 applications/enquiries

93 Investment 
Committee meetings

55 new investments 
assessed by IC

37 new investments

Investment Funnel FY19

Estimated Portfolio Value
During FY15 we committed, or agreed to commit, 
$54 million. Fast forward to FY19 and we committed, or 
agreed to commit, $223.6 million, reflecting a compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 43%.

We have now grown our EPV, as defined in our quarterly 
portfolio announcements, from $2.0 billion in 2015 to $9.5 
billion in 2019 (including IC approved and conditionally 
funded investments)5. This represents a CAGR of 48%.

The average duration of our completed investments has 
remained consistent since FY15 at approximately 2.6 
years and, on this basis, we would expect all current 
investments are likely to resolve in the next 3 years.

5. 

 This includes all investments owned, managed or advised upon by 
a member of the IMF Bentham Group.

Estimated Portfolio Value (EPV) growth change 
(2015-2019)

10000

8000

6000

4000

2000

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Balance Sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

7

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Fund Management 
One of our critical strategies for expanding and de-risking 
our business involves diversifying our sources of financial 
capital and investment vehicles and transitioning from 
balance sheet investing to managing fund structures. 
At the end of FY15, 100% of our investments were made 
from our own balance sheet. Today, our investments are 
spread between our direct, 100% owned balance sheet 
and fund structures, in line with our capital diversification 
goals. No new investments have been made via our 
balance sheet since we launched Funds 2 & 3 in 2017 
and only 25% of our investments (by number) remain 
on our balance sheet, which is in ‘run-off’ mode. The 
remainder of investments sit within fund structures. 

We have significantly increased our funding capacity 
with the launch of our fund structures, particularly the 
most recent Funds 4 and 5, and we now have close to 
$2 billion in Funds Under Management, making us one 
of the largest specialised dispute resolution financiers 
in the world.

Our strategy is to remain a meaningful minority investor 
in each of our Funds to harness investment returns as 
an equity participant, with management revenue from 
returns on third party capital.

Fund 1 (US investments)
When we launched our first US Fund (Fund 1) in February 
2017, it had an initial capacity of US$133.3 million and 
we anticipated a life span of several years. However, we 
exceeded investment targets and increased the Fund 
capacity to US$166.7 million in February 2018. 

There has been significant growth in the market’s appetite 
for dispute resolution finance and our expanded US 
investment team has been maximising this opportunity. 
As at 30 June 2019 the Fund is fully drawn. It has 
committed 96.2% of available capacity, with a total of 
US$153.4 million in investments of which US$125.6 million 
has already been deployed. The exclusivity period for 
Fund 1 expired in April 2019, allowing us to commit new 
investments from our next US Fund (Fund 4) where those 
investments exceed Fund 1’s mandate or capacity. 

Fund 1

Fund 1– EPV by Investment Type (%)

US$6.4m

US$6.9m

Deployed

Fund 1 
96.2% Committed

Start Date – 10 Feb 2018 

Fund Size – US$166.7m 

Investments Committed – US$153.4m 

Investments Deployed – US$125.6m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)

Remaining for Investment

Other Costs

<1

8

6

20

41

26

Commercial
Law Firm
Patent

Whistleblower
Appeal
Other IP

8

Funds 2 & 3 upsized (Rest of World investments)
We have experienced strong market demand for 
investment funding across all our jurisdictions. Since 
FY15 we have recorded a 93% increase in funding 
applications outside the US. While dispute resolution 
finance is becoming mainstream, increased demand has 
also followed regulatory changes in some jurisdictions. 
Demand is particularly strong in Asia and Canada where 
dispute resolution finance is relatively new and we are 
establishing a market and a leading presence. 

In response to market appetite, and thanks to the 
efforts of our talented Investment Managers who source 
investment opportunities, our two funding vehicles for 
non-US investments approached their capacity ahead 
of schedule this year. Funds 2 & 3 (collectively known 
as ‘RoW Funds’) were originally launched in October 
2017 with $150 million to fund cases across Australia, 
Asia, Canada and EMEA. In January 2019 we increased 
their capacity to $180 million to meet market demand. 
As at 30 June 2019, $150.9 million was committed 
to investments in Funds 2 & 3, representing 93.3% of 
the upsized capacity of the Funds. Accordingly, we 
progressed to our next capital raising for RoW this  
year - Fund 5.

Funds 2 & 3

$17.0m

$12.1m

Deployed

Funds 2 & 3 
93.3% Committed

Start Date – 03 Oct 2017 

Fund Size – $180m 

Investments Committed – $150.9m 

Investments Deployed – $30.2m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)

Remaining for Investment

Other Costs

Funds 2 & 3 – EPV by Investment Type (%)

Funds 2 & 3 – Total EPV by Geography (%)

<1

1

4

5

1

29

61

Multi Party
Arbitration
Insolvency
Commercial Law

Law Firm
Patent
Appeal

22

24

54

Australia
Canada
Asia

9

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Fund 4 launched (US investments)
Our second US Fund (Fund 4) was launched in November 
2018, only 21 months after launching Fund 1 and only 
nine months after upsizing Fund 1. Since FY15 we have 
experienced a 159% increase in qualified applications 
for funding in the US and greater interest in larger deals. 
Fund 4 positions us to meet market demand and also 
commit to larger individual investments. 

Fund 4 was launched with an initial size of US$500 million 
and the potential with fund investor consent to increase 
the Fund to US$1 billion following investment of the 
initial capital.

We commenced making investments in Fund 4 in April 
2019 with the end of Fund 1’s exclusivity. As at 30 June 
2019 Fund 4 has already committed US$38 million, 
including our two largest individual investments to 
date (as those commitments exceeded the individual 
investment caps imposed in Fund 1). Fund 4 has already 
deployed US$18 million.

The majority of capital for Fund 4 was committed by 
external investors, reflecting strong investor confidence in 
our business. Our investors in Funds 2 & 3 demonstrated 
their faith in our model by returning to invest in Fund 4, 
along with a prominent new US university endowment 
fund. These investors provided the entirety of the external 
capital, which means that investor management issues 
should be minimised.

Fund 4 has elevated concentration caps to meet new 
market demands for larger investments. It also has a 
reduced cost of capital to allow for more competitive 
pricing for new investments. Fund 4 is an example of the 
continued evolution of our business model and, together 
with Fund 5 below, constitutes our ‘second generation’ 
Funds as they have a different economic structure to 
Funds 1, 2 & 3 (our ‘first-generation’ Funds). Fund 4’s 
architecture reduces risk as IMF Bentham’s returns are 
pro-rata alongside investors and also generates timely 
management fees (and performance fees, subject to 
requisite returns).

10

Fund 4

Deployed

Fund 4 
8.0% Committed

Start Date – 01 Apr 2019 

Fund Size – US$500m 

Investments Committed – US$38m 

Investments Deployed – US$18m

US$462m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)
Remaining for Investment

Fund 5 launched (Rest of World investments)
In preparation for Funds 2 & 3 reaching full capacity, we 
successfully launched our latest RoW Fund (Fund 5) in 
June 2019, with an initial capacity of US$500 million and 
the potential with fund investor consent to increase the 
Fund to US$1 billion following investment of the initial 
capital.

Fund 5 was launched only twenty months after launching 
Funds 2 & 3 and only five months since upsizing those 
initial RoW Funds. When we launched Funds 2 & 3 in 
October 2017 we anticipated a life span of several years, 
but we have exceeded all investment targets due to the 
expanding market for dispute resolution finance and our 
expanding global investment team who are harnessing 
market opportunities.

Fund 5 is our latest ‘second generation’ Fund and 
represents a more optimal model of returns, in line with 
the structure of Fund 4 above.

As at 30 June 2019, Fund 5 had not commenced activity.

Strategic Capital Management

Equity raised
During the year we raised $76.1 million (excluding costs) 
in new equity from retail and institutional shareholders. 
The equity raising attracted strong interest from existing 
and new investors and enables IMF Bentham to meet 
some of its commitments to the new Funds 4 and 5 as 
well as to pursue strategic growth initiatives, including 
expanding existing and new operations. 

Bond restructured 
In an exercise of prudent financial management, this year 
we restructured our listed bonds by moving to increase 
our debt ceiling from $150 million to $300 million and 
extending its maturity date to December 2022 with an 

option to extend further to December 2023. Even though 
the bonds now allow for an increase debt ceiling, until the 
notes are restructured or refinanced, IMF remains with 
a $150 million ceiling. Our business and our industry are 
both in their growth phase and this is not the time to be 
cash constrained. It is precisely the time to accelerate our 
activities and build our business operations to increase 
market share and cement a global leadership position. 

Notes refinancing
In addition to the above, we have debt in the form of 
secured notes which are due to mature on 30 June 2020. 
We are in the process of considering restructuring these 
notes to achieve similar objectives as those achieved with 
our bond restructuring.

IMF Bentham is 
almost unrecognisable 
from the organisation 
it was four years ago.

Hugh McLernon 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

11

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Geographic Expansion
We have continued to grow our business organically by expanding our teams in each jurisdiction including Australia, Asia, 
Canada, the US and EMEA. This year our team grew to 101 people. Our key team members are profiled on our website.

Geographic expansion is one of the most challenging, yet most important, strategies for our business. Today’s disputes 
involve multi-national and multi-lingual parties facing multi-jurisdictional issues and cross-border recoveries. A global team 
is essential to identifying investment opportunities and servicing these client needs. And a global investment portfolio is 
more immune to changes in domestic political, economic, social, technological, regulatory and environmental landscapes 
and more resilient to competition. Spreading our footprint across jurisdictions helps us build a higher value investment 
portfolio that is more resilient to market forces.

Toronto

Montreal

San Francisco
Los Angeles

New York

Houston

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

London

101

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015 2016 2017 2018

2019

Hong Kong

Singapore

12

Brisbane

Perth

Sydney

Adelaide

Melbourne

On the other side of the equation, professional services 
firms are promoting practitioners who demonstrate 
innovation for their clients and their firms and many are 
talking to us about alternative finance options for clients 
and for firm liquidity. This year we entered into the largest 
single law firm portfolio finance arrangement in our history 
(US$20 million) and developed finance options for many 
corporates and law firms to consider in their dispute 
management arsenal.

The global legal services market is estimated to have 
grown 5.3% in 2018 to reach a value of $951.39 billion 
and is estimated to reach $1,191.7 billion in 20236. 
Litigation represents approximately 40% of legal 
spend and the plaintiff portion relevant to our business 
constitutes a sizeable addressable market. If defence 
funding is added (i.e. in the context of mixed portfolio 
funding), along with latent claims that may not have been 
progressed due to lack of funds, the potential market for 
our product is galvanising for us. And of course, these 
estimates only reflect likely legal costs. They do not reveal 
the claim value of the underlying litigation assets.

Although it can take time to shift behaviour, especially in 
conservative industries, we are diligent in explaining our 
offering to the market and perceptions are changing. We 
are building relationships with companies across industry 
sectors who are considering using dispute resolution 
finance to defray legal expenses and mitigate risks. 
This trend is expected to continue as more companies 
discover the benefits of non-recourse finance for 
dispute resolution.

Focus Areas
In a number of our jurisdictions our team has extensive 
expertise funding multi-party actions for claimants 
who would otherwise have no access to justice. It is 
an important role in the community and a valuable part 
of our investment portfolio and we have earned a solid 
reputation for our work in this field. However, group 
actions represent only 21% (by number) of our global 
portfolio. Most of our business is outside this domain 
and involves financing commercial claims and recoveries 
for parties across many areas of law and industry 
sectors. Whether providing dispute resolution finance for 
insolvency-related claims (our heritage) or a high-tech 
start-up, our offering has numerous applications. 

We have cross-jurisdictional focus groups who deliver 
specialised expertise, global coordination and operational 
efficiencies to our funded clients. By sharing client 
relationships and know-how, the group formation also 
mitigates risk for our business. Below are just some 
of our areas of focus.

General dispute resolution finance for corporates
Opportunities exist to finance commercial disputes 
of all types, across all industries. There are numerous 
signals that the corporate market is ripe for innovation 
in its capital and risk management methods and we 
are able to assist. 

Empirical studies reveal consistent themes across 
commerce: in-house corporate legal departments 
are increasingly in-sourcing legal work and they must 
continually achieve more with constrained resources. 
When they do out-source, they are venturing beyond 
prestige providers in the pursuit of value, exploring 
alternative legal service providers (ALSPs), and forming 
hybrid project teams with best-of-class individuals from 
multiple suppliers. Corporate counsel are seeking ways 
to turn their legal departments into revenue centres 
and deliver strategic value to their companies. Some 
innovators have already interrogated their dormant legal 
claims and claims management protocols. In these 
organisations recovery programs have netted hundreds 
of millions of dollars in revenue. Embarking on such 
programs with the aid of our finance and due diligence 
capabilities is appealing to companies who are actively 
exploring bespoke solutions with us.

6. 

 MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Global Legal Services, 
Reference 0199-0423, p 7-8

13

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Our Asia team became pioneers of insolvency funding 
in Singapore when, in September 2018, the High Court 
of Singapore endorsed our funding arrangement to 
finance investigations and potential claims against 
directors and auditors of the failed Trikomsel entities. 
This major corporate collapse cost Singaporean retail 
investors hundreds of millions of dollars and this was 
the first insolvency matter in Singapore to be funded 
by a commercial third-party funder.

In Canada, we are conditionally funding an action by 
an insolvent debtor, Bluberi Gaming Technologies, 
against its main creditor for alleged predatory lending. 
When approving our funding, the insolvency court 
observed “litigation funding is now the only avenue that 
can potentially allow for any meaningful recovery for 
the creditors”. The funding approval is now the subject 
of an application to the Supreme Court of Canada. If 
the application is granted, the case will represent the 
first opportunity for Canada’s highest court to consider 
litigation funding in insolvency (or indeed in any context), 
thus emphasising our pioneer status in that jurisdiction.

Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Insolvency and bankruptcy
Our significant experience providing insolvency dispute 
resolution finance dates back to our first cases in 
Australia almost twenty years ago. Today, our global 
insolvency team spans six countries and helps insolvency 
practitioners, creditors and other stakeholders involved 
in commercial disputes around the world.

In 2018 there was an upward trend in business 
insolvencies globally, particularly large business 
insolvencies, and notably in Asia and Western Europe. 
In England and Wales, an estimated total of 17,4397 
companies entered insolvency in 2018, an increase on 
the prior year. In 2019, business failures are expected to 
rise in most countries for the third consecutive year as 
global financing conditions tighten. Key affected industries 
are likely to include retail, oil and gas, healthcare and 
medical (North America), construction (Asia), and retail, 
agri-food, services and construction (Western Europe). 

The volume of large corporate bankruptcies in the US 
and Canada remains below historical levels but most 
experts believe this trend will reverse in 2019 and 
beyond. A combination of higher interest rates, softening 
business spending and a potential trade war with China, 
the world’s second largest economy, will impact the 
broader economy. In the US, bankruptcy and insolvency 
work accounts for 3.4 – 4.5% of legal industry revenue, 
translating to A$16.03 billion annually8. 

7. 

8. 

 Orchard Reports & IRN Research, UK Legal Services Market 2019: 
Market Trends Report, p 58; ONS Insolvency Statistics
 O’Connor, C, February 2019, IBISWorld Industry Report 54111, Law 
Firms in the US, IBISWorld 2019, p 14 and Thomson Reuters Peer 
Monitor & Georgetown Law, 2019 Report on the State of the Legal 
Market, p 5

14

Litigation funding is an important 
part of the insolvency industry. 
Even if financially-strapped 
companies can muster the cash 
to pay lawyers, experts and other 
litigation costs, stakeholders 
want to see critical resources put 
toward turnaround efforts, not 
dispute resolution. For creditors 
burned by an improper, ill-fated 
transaction, or who have been the 
victim of fraud, dispute resolution 
finance may be the only viable 
path toward recovery.

Ken Epstein 
INVESTMENT MANAGER, 
LEGAL COUNSEL AND SENIOR 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY 
PRACTITIONER

15

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

International arbitration
International arbitration has become the preferred form 
of dispute resolution for many cross-border commercial 
disputes. It offers multi-national parties neutrality, 
confidentiality, specialist decision-makers, finality and 
enforceability. As a result, international arbitration has 
experienced significant growth over the past decade 
and leading arbitration centres have recorded increasing 
commercial caseloads. Similarly, the International 
Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) 
reported more investor state arbitrations in 2018 than 
in any previous year, reflecting a continuing growth in 
treaty arbitrations.

However, international arbitration can be complex and 
expensive. Costs of international arbitration continue 
to rise and many consider the legal fees and related 
costs to be among its worst features. Arbitration parties 
and counsel are seeking innovative ways to finance 
their matters and legal regimes around the world have 
responded by relaxing or enacting regulations to allow 
dispute resolution finance. Arbitration funding has 
now become an integral part of the future of the global 
arbitration market.

16

Our company is well-poised to capitalise on this growth 
opportunity, with seasoned international dispute 
resolution team members located in the key jurisdictions 
for arbitration. Our international arbitration team has 
funded matters in various regions around the world. 
In Asia, where Asia-based companies and Asia-related 
transactions are increasingly sources of international 
disputes, we are funding one of the first international 
commercial arbitration cases to be funded in Singapore. 
We have since approved funding for several more. 
On the other side of the globe, our US team has funded 
international disputes and sees international arbitration 
as an important area of growth for our business. 

In the commercial space, complicated 
joint venture relationships, complex 
transactions in the energy space, and 
cross-border transactions relating 
to licensing of intellectual property 
often lead to expensive arbitrations 
with sizeable damages claims. 
In the investor-state context, an 
investor may have lost everything 
of commercial value when a 
government suspends or takes over 
a project. We act as vital partners 
bridging the gap between holding 
a claim that could yield significant 
recoveries and pursuing it in an 
arbitral forum.

Dana MacGrath 
INVESTMENT MANAGER, 
LEGAL COUNSEL AND SENIOR 
ARBITRATION PRACTITIONER

Intellectual property
Intellectual property (IP) litigation is one of the fastest 
growing litigation practice areas, both in terms of the 
number of cases and their complexity9. Where IP is 
essential to a company’s business model, significant 
litigation spending is often required to protect IP 
assets, monetise portfolios and guard against 
infringing competition.

We see significant potential to fund IP cases such 
as those involving patent, trademark and copyright 
infringement, as well as trade secrets misappropriation 
on behalf of businesses, educational institutions and 
other creators of IP. We also see growing opportunities 
to provide funding to law firms directly in some of 
our jurisdictions for their portfolios of client IP claims.
Industries such as life sciences, chemicals and 
manufacturing present particularly strong fields of play.

IP cases are often extremely 
valuable, but it can take a 
long time and substantial 
resources to unlock their 
value and achieve recoveries. 
Such cases are therefore 
particularly suitable 
for funding. With our 
geographical footprint, we 
are poised to help claimants 
implement global strategies 
for successful enforcement 
of their IP.

Sarah Tsou 
INVESTMENT MANAGER, LEGAL 
COUNSEL AND SENIOR INTELLECTUAL 
PROPERTY PRACTITIONER

9. 

 The BTI Consulting Group, BTI Litigation Outlook 2019: 
Changes, Trends and Opportunities for Law Firms, p 6

17

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Updates from around the world

Asia

The dispute resolution finance industry 
continues to develop in Asia and we are 
experiencing significant growth in the 
demand for our product and service. 

We were one of the first international dispute resolution 
funders to establish permanent offices in Hong Kong and 
Singapore (the region’s primary international disputes 
hubs) and have committed the most permanent presence 
in Asia relative to competitors. Having Investment 
Managers on the ground means we can identify 
potential investments and respond quickly to business 
opportunities across the region. This includes reaching 
beyond Singapore and Hong Kong to other jurisdictions 
where our team is also active including China, India, 
Japan, South Korea, Malaysia, Indonesia, Thailand, the 
Philippines and Vietnam. In many of these jurisdictions 
we find ourselves making, not taking, a market.

Regulatory environment
Singapore and Hong Kong have actively embraced third-
party funding in arbitration and insolvency to increase 
their competitiveness as leading centres for international 
dispute resolution.

Singapore now expressly permits third-party funding of 
international arbitration (and related court proceedings) 
and commercial litigation related to insolvency 
proceedings. Policy-makers may broaden the categories 
of permitted commercial dispute resolution funding. In 
the meantime, Singapore courts appear willing (where 
appropriate) to develop the common law where legislation 
is not in place. 

In Hong Kong, a new framework permitting the funding 
of international arbitration came into operation on 
1 February 2019 and we are already receiving funding 
enquiries. The regime includes new legislation (enacted 
June 2017)10 and a detailed Code of Practice released 
by the Department of Justice in December 201811. 
The permission of third-party funding for arbitration 
is an exception to Hong Kong’s general prohibition of 
maintenance and champerty (which remains a tort and 
criminal offence despite its almost complete abolition 
in other common law jurisdictions).

10.   Arbitration and Mediation Legislation (Third Party Funding) 

(Amendment) Ordinance 2017

11.   Hong Kong Department of Justice, Code of Practice for Third Party 

Funding of Arbitration, 7 December 2018

12.   MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Legal Services in Asia 

Pacific, Reference 0200-0423, 2019, p 7-8

13.   Citigroup Global Markets Inc, 21 February 2011, Global Growth 
Generators: Moving beyond ‘Emerging Markets’ and ‘BRIC’

18

One of our Investment Managers, Cheng-Yee Khong, 
is a member of the Hong Kong International Arbitration 
Centre (HKIAC) Task Force on Third Party Funding which 
provided comments on the draft Code of Practice during 
the public consultation period. 

Hong Kong courts have also validated third-party funding 
for insolvency proceedings and there are no regulatory 
changes to this regime. Commercial litigation unrelated 
to insolvency proceedings remains heavily restricted in 
Hong Kong.

Beyond Singapore and Hong Kong, the majority of 
our remaining Asian markets are civil law jurisdictions 
where maintenance and champerty do not exist and, 
for the most part, litigation funding is neither expressly 
permitted or restricted.

Competition
Our Asia-based team is larger than any other funder 
offering and has the greatest depth of local expertise in 
international arbitration and litigation. We remain the only 
international dispute funder with full service investment 
assessment and management capabilities on the ground 
in Asia. Our competitors in this region tend to fly in or 
rely on referrals from international law firms. 

Addressable market
Our team pursues opportunities across Asia which is 
the fastest growing economic region in the world. The 
collective growth of the region is forecast to accelerate to 
a CAGR of 6.7% for the five-year period 2018-2023, aided 
by liberalisation in many Asian countries12. 

Asia is also the largest continental economy by both GDP 
(nominal) and purchasing power parity. According to 
Citigroup, nine of the eleven Global Growth Generating 
countries (sources of growth potential and profitable 
commercial investment opportunities) came from Asia, 
including China, India, Vietnam, Indonesia and the 
Philippines13. Significant investment opportunities give 
rise to high-value commercial cross-border disputes and, 
in turn, potential demand for dispute resolution finance.

It is difficult to accurately estimate the size of the potential 
market for dispute resolution finance in Asia. Asia is not 
one homogenous legal market, but a composite of legal 
systems, languages and customs. In addition, information 
regarding some litigation and dispute resolution activity 
is not readily available and some jurisdictions have 
restrictions on the types of disputes where funding 
can be applied.

Two years into our Asia 
expansion we are seeing 
continued exponential growth 
in applications and funded 
cases. The international nature 
of business in Asia means we 
often collaborate with our 
colleagues across the IMF 
Bentham network, leveraging 
our capabilities in North 
America, Europe and Australia 
to provide our funded parties 
with unmatched jurisdictional 
and sector expertise. Our talented 
Asia team has doubled in size 
and we anticipate further 
growth as we push into 
more markets across the 
region. The potential 
here is enormous 
and IMF Bentham 
is leading the charge.

Tom Glasgow 
CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER  
ASIA 

19

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

As arbitration funding forms the bulk of our current activity 
in Asia, statistics from the leading arbitral institutions in 
the region provide some insight into the addressable 
market for international commercial arbitration. We 
estimate the total claim value of the combined 2018 new 
case load of the Hong Kong International Arbitration 
Centre (HKIAC), Singapore International Arbitration Centre 
(SIAC) and International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) 
(Asia-related cases) at A$24.25 billion across a total of 
1004 cases14. Importantly, this only represents a small 
fraction of the international commercial arbitration market 
in Asia as it does not include ad hoc arbitration or other 
institutions handling Asia related cases. 

Investment treaty arbitration also represents a significant 
market for dispute resolution finance. Recent studies 
estimate the average claim size in investor-state 
arbitration at US$719,334,00015. We estimate the total 
claim value for investment treaty arbitration in Asia is at 
least US$10 billion (A$14.23 billion). Again, this does not 
include ad hoc or other institutional arbitration which may 
be required under some investment treaties.

Jurisdictions in Asia connected with recent  
funded cases and funding applications

We estimate the total addressable market for dispute 
resolution finance associated with the combined case 
load above to be approximately A$3.85 billion.

“ We and the client chose IMF Bentham 
for one of the first third-party funded 
arbitrations in Singapore based not only 
on the competitive financial terms being 
offered, but due to their knowledge and 
experience in international arbitration, 
which counsel can benefit from to 
optimise the case presentation.” 

Mark Mangan
PARTNER, DECHERT LLP

KAZAKHSTAN

KYRGYZSTAN

PAKISTAN

INDIA

JAPAN

NORTH
KOREA

SOUTH
KOREA

TAIWAN

PHILIPPINES

CHINA

HONG 
KONG

VIETNAM

LAOS

THAILAND

CAMBODIA

SRI LANKA

MALAYSIA

MALDIVES

SINGAPORE

INDONESIA

TIMOR-LESTE

14.   Approximate figures derived from publicly-released statistics provided by the institutions, applying the relevant average foreign 

exchange rate on 30 June 2019.

15.  Allen & Overy, 14 December 2017, Investment Treaty Arbitration: cost, duration and size of claims all show steady increase

20

I was honoured to 
contribute to Hong 
Kong’s Code of Practice 
for arbitration funding, 
which enables businesses 
to benefit from Hong 
Kong’s leading arbitration 
services, regardless of 
where they are located.

Cheng-Yee Khong
ASSOCIATE INVESTMENT MANAGER 
AND SENIOR ARBITRATION 
PRACTITIONER

21

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Australia

Since pioneering the modern-day dispute 
resolution finance industry in Australia 
18 years ago, we are honoured to retain 
the leading market position here despite 
increased competition.

The last few years have seen an increase in multi-party 
(class action) proceedings in the Australian market and 
competition to finance these, particularly shareholder 
(securities) actions. There is an increased likelihood 
of competing class actions (where separate law firms, 
each with a different litigation funder, begin proceedings 
against the same defendant for the same or similar sets 
of claims). The courts and parties have been developing 
ways to deal with the changing landscape including: the 
court choosing one funder/lawyer group over others; 
ordering one funded proceeding to continue as an open 
class and a separate action to continue as a closed 
class; and requiring cooperation between the lawyer 
and funder teams. 

Regulatory environment
On 24 January 2019, the Australian Law Reform 
Commission (ALRC) released its Report resulting 
from its federal Inquiry into Class Action Proceedings 
and Third-Party Litigation Funders. The Report made 
recommendations relating to case management 
for class actions, settlement approval, regulation of 
litigation funders, solicitors’ fees and conflicts of interest, 
regulatory redress and continuous disclosure obligations. 
We contributed to the Inquiry, alongside industry 
participants. We expect further consultation before any 
legislation is considered but timing is unclear. It is also 
possible that when the Report is re-visited, some issues 
may have been clarified by the High Court or Full Federal 
Court in the meantime. 

Last year the Victorian Law Reform Commission (VLRC) 
also undertook an Inquiry into Litigation Funding and 
Group Proceedings. Following the publication of the 
VLRC’s final Report in June 2018, there do not appear 
to have been any significant developments. This may be 
partly due to the political landscape and the subsequent 
ALRC Report.

In February 2019, the Royal Commission into Misconduct 
in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services 
Industry (known as the Banking Royal Commission) 
released its final Report. Although not directed to 
our industry, the Commission uncovered evidence of 
corporate misconduct which may impact our business 
in two ways: additional class actions may arise and there 
will be tightened corporate governance requirements 
affecting all businesses trading in Australia. We consider 
both to be positives. 

22

Competition
In the last few years, the number of funders active in 
the Australian market has increased although not all are 
necessarily in the areas we fund or would compete to 
fund larger claims. 

Addressable market
Australia’s legal services market in 2018-19 is estimated 
at $20.8 billion and is forecast to grow at an annualised 
rate of 2.0% over the next five years to reach $22.9 
billion in 2023-2416. Regulatory changes and the Banking 
Royal Commission have contributed to demand for 
legal services. 

Approximately 20% of the legal services market is 
attributed to dispute resolution and it is reportedly the 
largest growth practice area17. Based on these figures 
we estimate a potential annual plaintiff legal spend of 
$2.08 billion. However, this does not include additional 
disputes which are either managed in-house or not 
being progressed. There are also opportunities to fund 
defence costs as part of a portfolio that includes plaintiff-
side/affirmative claims (e.g. in mixed portfolio financing 
for corporates), so the total addressable market for our 
funding is potentially larger than the above estimates. 
As the industry penetration rate for funders is estimated 
to be low in the Australian market, the potential for 
growth is encouraging.

Total Estimated Addressable Market 
for Australia

$20.8bn

$2.08bn

$4.16bn

Total Estimated Annual Market Legal Spend

Estimated Litigation Portion of Total Legal Spend

Estimated Total Addressable Market as % of Total Legal Spend

16.   Do, K, February 2019. IBISWorld Industry Report M6931 

‘Legal Services in Australia’, IBISWorld, p 5

17.   Thomson Reuters & Melbourne Law School, 2018 ‘Australia: 

State of the Legal Market’, p 5

“ IMF stands above its competitors 
in sophistication, ease to work with 
and competence.” 

John Dalzell
PARTNER, DENTONS

The Australian business is 
in an excellent position for 
ongoing success in the next 
phase of development in the 
rapidly evolving market. 
One of our priorities is to 
assist corporate clients 
with their cost and risk 
mitigation strategies.

Tania Sulan 
CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER  
AUSTRALIA 

23

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Canada

Our Canadian business commenced 
operations in 2016 and has since made 
significant headway in introducing dispute 
resolution finance to the Canadian market. 

In the short period we have been operating in Canada we 
have established our brand as the pioneer in the market, 
we have seen increasing demand for a range of funding 
products and we are well placed for further growth and 
geographic expansion.

Regulatory environment
The province of Ontario has class actions legislation 
which is nearly 25 years old and the government is now 
reviewing the regime. Class actions throughout Canada 
have grown in number, size and complexity and the 
Law Commission of Ontario has recently completed 
a comprehensive assessment of users’ experience 
to develop recommendations to update the regime. 
Although third-party funding is only a minor component 
of the review, we were grateful for the opportunity to 
contribute as part of the public consultation process. 
In the Law Commission’s final report, many of the 
recommendations applicable to third party funding 
correspond with our best practices for funding class 
actions. We expect the government of Ontario will 
carefully consider the report and are hopeful any 
legislative changes would foster responsible funding 
practices, be commercially sensible and sophisticated 
and promote access to justice. 

In the province of British Columbia, the International 
Commercial Arbitration Act was modernised in May 
2018. The amendments express confirmation that the 
recognition or enforcement of international arbitral 
awards cannot be challenged on “public policy” grounds 
simply because a third-party litigation funder was 
involved. These amendments in British Columbia signal 
a recognition of the role that third-party funding has as a 
commercial practice in international dispute resolution. 

We are also contributing to the developing jurisprudence 
on funding acceptance in the Canadian context. We 
have sought court approval for our funding agreements 
for a number of our cases, including a class action, an 
insolvency case and a Federal Court patent action and 
there are now six reported decisions on our Canadian 
funding arrangements.

18.   British Columbia Law Institute, October 2017, Study Paper 

on Financing Litigation

19.   Ismailanji, M, July 2018, IBISWorld Industry Report 54111CA, 

Law Firms in Canada, IBISWorld, p 5

24

The October 2017 Study Paper on Financing Litigation18 
by the British Columbia Law Institute, which examined the 
traditional and alternative methods litigants use to pay for 
litigation, also continues to generate interest in the legal 
and funding community.

Competition
In Canada we enjoyed a first-mover advantage and, 
having demonstrated a viable market, the competition is 
arriving. One global competitor opened an office in early 
2019 and others are testing the market on a fly-in-fly-out 
basis. Some (US) hedge funds and (UK) brokers are also 
exploring the Canadian market.

Addressable market
In addition to its diversified domestic economy, Canada’s 
abundant natural resources invite international investment 
and trade, which in turn drives demand for legal services, 
including dispute resolution. Corporate profit is expected 
to increase and, when profits are strong, companies are 
often more inclined to pursue their legal claims.

The Canadian legal services market has undergone 
growth and is estimated at $27.7 billion in 2018-19. The 
market is projected to grow at an annualised 3.0% over 
the next five years to reach $32.16 billion in 202319. 

Total Estimated Addressable Market 
for Canada

$27.7bn

$1.9bn

$3.8bn

Total Estimated Annual Market Legal Spend

Estimated Litigation Portion of Total Legal Spend

Estimated Total Addressable Market as % of Total Legal Spend

Approximately $3.76 billion20 is currently spent annually 
on litigation, suggesting a likely plaintiff pool of $1.9 billion. 
However, these figures only reflect legal work outsourced 
to external legal providers. As observed in other markets, 
corporations in Canada increasingly rely on in-house 
counsel. Furthermore, some companies are not pursuing 
meritorious claims. Both these scenarios suggest there 
is potential application for funding which is difficult to 
quantify. In addition, defence funding would increase 
the market potential. These considerations point to 
an addressable market that is potentially larger than 
available empirical research implies.

“ Many of our clients focus on creative fee 
solutions, and Bentham’s presence in 
the Canadian market is of enormous 
value. They are collaborative and have 
substantive knowledge and expertise.” 

Jennifer Teskey
PARTNER, NORTON ROSE FULBRIGHT CANADA LLP

Interest in Bentham 
IMF continues 
to accelerate in 
Canada. Thanks to 
our hard-working 
and top calibre 
team we are on a 
fantastic footing 
to succeed 
alongside 
our clients.

Paul Rand 
CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER  
CANADA

20.  Ibid, p 14

25

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

EMEA

This year IMF Bentham officially launched 
its subsidiary, IMF EMEA, and opened a new 
office in London on 1 November 2018. 

IMF EMEA provides finance and strategic services for 
disputes across the UK, continental Europe, the Middle 
East and Africa. Given the investment opportunities 
across these diverse markets, we continue to explore 
opportunities for strategic partnerships as well as 
organic growth.

Regulatory environment
The regulatory environment differs across the jurisdictions 
covered by the EMEA umbrella.

In the UK, funders can be held liable to pay adverse 
costs. The ‘Arkin cap’21 has previously limited that 
exposure to the amount of a funder’s investment. 
However, in April 2019, a High Court ruling22 determined 
the Arkin cap did not automatically apply in all cases, 
which potentially exposes funders to a higher degree 
of adverse costs exposure. This decision may impact 
funders’ risk assessments when determining whether 
to invest in English claims. However, the judgment also 
indicates that the English courts are increasingly prepared 
to accept intervention by commercial funders who are 
rigorously managing costs. Funding in the UK is otherwise 
self-regulated and there is a voluntary code of conduct 
promulgated by the Association of Litigation Funders.

In continental Europe, most countries are civil law 
jurisdictions and maintenance and champerty restrictions 
do not apply. Third-party finance is largely permitted and 
its acceptance is growing in many European countries. 
Since continental Europe encompasses many diverse 
nations, we will not attempt to cover here the regulatory 
environment in each jurisdiction.

In the Middle East and Africa there is particular market 
demand for arbitration and debt recovery, and the 
regulatory environment is allowing third party funding 
of such disputes to grow. Some recent legislative 
developments in the Middle East, such as a new federal 
arbitration law in the United Arab Emirates and a new 
Bankruptcy Law in Saudi Arabia, are likely to result in 
the region attracting more dispute resolution work and 
a growing demand for our services.

21.   Arkin v Borchard Lines Ltd & Others [2005] EWCA Civ 655
22.  Davey v Money & Anor [2019] EWHC 997 (Ch) 
23.   Association of Litigation Funders, England & Wales, www.

associationoflitigationfunders.com 

24.   http://worldpopulationreview.com/countries/emea-countries

26

Competition
There are at least 10 established funders headquartered 
in the UK23 and the funding market has become highly 
competitive with the inclusion of contingency law firms 
and other business models. Although continental Europe 
currently has less competition than the UK, funders are 
increasingly exploring opportunities there.

Anecdotally we also see overseas funders participating 
in the Middle East, alongside small local funders (whose 
limited financial capacity excludes them from our 
competitive orbit).

Addressable market
Given the expanse and diversity of the countries 
harboured under the EMEA umbrella, it is difficult to 
accurately assess the addressable market on a regional 
basis. It is estimated that the region contains over two 
billion people across 116 nations speaking around 2,000 
different languages24. Our strategy is focused on achieving 
sustainable growth in the most developed common law 
and civil law legal services markets, whilst evaluating 
opportunities in other non-core markets on a case 
by case basis.

Total Estimated Addressable Market  
for United Kingdom

$58.5bn

$7.7bn

$15.4bn

Total Estimated Annual Market Legal Spend

Estimated Litigation Portion of Total Legal Spend

Estimated Total Addressable Market as % of Total Legal Spend

Growing IMF’s newest 
office across this diverse 
region is exciting. We 
combine our international 
brand with local 
knowledge, and we bring 
skills to the table alongside 
our capital. We are 
growing by listening 
and responding to our 
customers’ needs, whether 
they are individuals, law 
firms, SMEs or multi-
national corporates.

Oliver Gayner
HEAD OF EMEA

27

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

The European legal services market, including the UK, 
reportedly grew by 3% in 2018 to reach $240.9 billion25. 
By 2023, the European legal services market is forecast 
to have grown a further 13.8% to reach $274 billion26. 

The European market is largely driven by the UK, 
Germany and France which are all primarily dominated 
by large, international law firms27. In 2018, the German 
legal services market alone was valued at an estimated 
$36.6 billion28 and the French legal market was valued at 
$42.8 billion29. The UK legal market is the second largest 
in the world, after the US, with an estimated value of 
$58.5 billion in 2018-1930. Industry revenue is forecast to 
rise at a compound annual rate of 1.9% to $64.27 billion 
by 202431.

Contributing factors include anticipated growth in the 
number of businesses operating in the UK, increased 
M&A activity and property transactions, and demand 
for legal services associated with navigating Brexit32. 
A great deal of dispute resolution work in the UK involves 
international businesses, cross-border investments 
and trade33. London is a major global financial centre and 
many international disputes involve parties transacting 
in the UK or seeking resolution through the UK legal 
system34. Approximately 26.3%35 of the legal market 
is attributed to areas of law relevant to our business, 
representing a sizeable opportunity for our products 
and services.

The legal services market in the Middle East36 is 
estimated at $9.53 billion37 annually, representing 1% 
of the global market. In the Middle East, the proliferation 
of arbitration centres38, supported by courts applying 
common law, has led to growing acceptance of 
arbitrations seated in the region. Cases typically relate 
to infrastructure construction disputes involving parties 
from Europe and Asia and recoveries claims on behalf 
of the global financial services sector. 

The Middle East 
attracts many of the 
world’s leading multi-
national corporations 
and presents a market 
that is ideally suited to 
our dispute resolution 
finance product and 
service.

Nathan Landis
INVESTMENT MANAGER

BERMUDA

CAYMAN 
ISLANDS

25.  MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Legal Services in Europe, Reference 0201-0423, p 2
26.  Ibid, p 2
27.  MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Global Legal Services, Reference 0199-0423, p 7
28.  MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Legal Services in Germany, Reference 0165-0423, p 2
29.  MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Legal Services in France, Reference 0164-0423, p 2
30.  Shamsuddin, Y, February 2019, IBISWorld Industry Report M69.100 Legal Activities in the UK, p 5
31.  Ibid, p 5
32.  Ibid, p 9
33.   IRN Research & Orchard Reports, February 2019, (9th Annual) UK Legal Services Market 2019: 

Market Trends Report, p 56

34.  Ibid, p 59
35.  Shamsuddin, Y, February 2019, IBISWorld Industry Report M69.100 Legal Activities in the UK, p 14
36.   Middle East comprises Egypt, Israel, Saudi Arabia, and United Arab Emirates, MarketLine Industry 

Profile, January 2019, Global Legal Services, Reference 0199-0423, p 7

37.  MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Global Legal Services, Reference 0199-0423, p 11
38.  Abu Dhabi, Qatar, Dubai

28

SWEDEN

NORWAY

DENMARK

IRELAND

NETHERLANDS

UNITED

KINGDOM

GERMANY

BELGIUM

POLAND

CHANNEL 

ISLANDS

CZECH

REPUBLIC

AUSTRIA

FRANCE

SWITZERLAND

ROMANIA

SERBIA

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

ITALY

ALBANIA

GREECE

TURKEY

GEORGIA

AZERBAIJAN

CYPRUS

LEBANON

ISRAEL

IRAQ

IRAN

KUWAIT

LIBYA

EGYPT

SAUDI

ARABIA

BAHRAIN

QATAR

UNITED ARAB

EMIRATES

OMAN

NIGERIA

CAMEROON

SUDAN

ETHIOPIA

SOMALIA

KENYA

TANZANIA

LESOTHO

SOUTH

AFRICA

Jurisdictions in EMEA connected with recent funded cases and funding applications

SWEDEN

NORWAY

DENMARK

IRELAND

NETHERLANDS

UNITED
KINGDOM

GERMANY

POLAND

BELGIUM

CHANNEL 
ISLANDS

FRANCE

CZECH
REPUBLIC

AUSTRIA

SWITZERLAND

ROMANIA

SERBIA

BERMUDA

CAYMAN 

ISLANDS

SPAIN

PORTUGAL

ITALY

ALBANIA

GREECE

TURKEY

GEORGIA

AZERBAIJAN

CYPRUS

LEBANON

ISRAEL

IRAQ

IRAN

KUWAIT

LIBYA

EGYPT

SAUDI
ARABIA

BAHRAIN

QATAR

UNITED ARAB
EMIRATES

OMAN

NIGERIA

CAMEROON

SUDAN

ETHIOPIA

SOMALIA

KENYA

TANZANIA

LESOTHO

SOUTH
AFRICA

29

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019At the State level, most reform proposals relate to 
consumer funding regulation, a distinctly different area 
of litigation finance than the commercial funding area in 
which we operate. Nevertheless, we monitor all proposals 
for their potential to tangentially impact commercial 
litigation funding. There are no current proposals in our 
key markets of New York, California and Texas which 
present a material concern to our business model.

Competition
In the US, the market continues to grow. Although the 
combined major and minor players could number around 
100, we compete with a few dedicated, global funders for 
investment mandates. We witness funders come and go 
due to unsustainable investment choices and insufficient 
resources to compete.

“ What I found with Bentham is that they 
really were interested to get to know the 
case, to get to know the parties... The 
people with whom we dealt had practiced 
this kind of law, so they understood how 
it works. It was not like trying to explain 
to a bank what the loan was for. They 
understood perfectly well.” 

Howard Brownstein
THE BROWNSTEIN CORPORATION PRESIDENT, 
TRUSTEE AND INDEPENDENT CORPORATE BOARD MEMBER 

Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

USA

Our US operations commenced in 2011 
and, since then, have expanded rapidly 
and continue to grow and strengthen 
in an increasingly competitive and 
sophisticated market. 

During this time we have helped to educate the market 
and shape the evolution of the dispute resolution finance 
industry from its infancy to what it is today. We are one of 
the only funders offering a multi-office regional approach, 
with Investment Managers on the ground in our main US 
jurisdictions, including New York, Houston, Los Angeles 
and San Francisco.

We continue to build strong relationships across the legal 
industry and are now a preferred funder for many leading 
law firms. Within the US, we have active relationships with 
95% of the ‘AmLaw 100’ firms and in the past two years, 
71% of those firms have approached or met with our US 
team to discuss funding opportunities.

Regulatory environment
Commercial litigation funding in the US has progressed 
beyond market formation and is now widely recognised 
and accepted. Regulatory reform at the federal level 
has now moved to focus on the mandatory disclosure 
of funding, as opposed to the legality of funding. There 
is proposed federal legislation seeking mandatory 
disclosure of funding agreements in class actions and 
multi-district litigation (MDLs) and we have joined industry 
peers in advocating against this legislation as well as 
proposed changes to the Federal Civil Rules concerning 
mandatory disclosure. In our view, funded claimants 
deserve protection from abusive and expensive discovery 
and privilege must continue to extend to third-party 
funders. 

These proposals for mandatory disclosure have been led 
by the US Chamber of Commerce, whose constituency 
comprises some of the most powerful corporate entities 
in the US and the world. The Chamber continues to lobby 
government and, although the Federal Rules Committee 
is considering the proposal, any developments are likely 
to be some time away from being concluded. 

30

Our expanding US team 
includes experts with 
significant expertise 
in specialist areas of 
law. This makes all 
the difference when 
developing bespoke 
finance solutions 
and strategies 
for successful 
resolution.

Allison Chock 
CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER  
US 

31

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Addressable market
Calculations of the addressable market in each of our 
jurisdictions requires subjective interpretation, and the US 
market is no different. There is consensus across sources 
that the US legal services market is the largest in the 
world, accounting for almost half of global legal revenue 
in 2018, with most of the largest global firms located in 
the US39. The US legal market is estimated at $471.5 
billion revenue annually and industry revenue is projected 
to increase at an annualised rate of 1.0% over the next 
five years to reach $495.97 billion in 202440. Contributing 
factors include the overall performance of the domestic 
economy, a growing global economy fuelling cross-
border transactions, increasing investor confidence, 
an influx of new laws and regulations in the US, and 
a stricter regulatory environment, both domestically 
and internationally.

Prolonged positive economic conditions are unlikely to 
prevail but our business model thrives in both strong 
and weak economies. Increasing corporate profits and 
confidence can generate an uptick in corporate litigation, 
as companies are more inclined to pursue their claims 
when corporate profits are strong. Conversely, economic 
downturns result in business failures, increasing disputes 
and an inability for companies to self-fund their claims. 
We are well-positioned to capitalise on either situation.

Approximately 36% ($169.7 billion) of the legal market 
is attributed to commercial litigation. This single, largest 
practice area reported growth in 201841 and momentum 
is accelerating. In our 2018 Annual Report, we cited that 
US spending on litigation was expected to grow 5.1% in 
2018. According to some sources, the number of litigation 
matters for large organisations increased by 9.5% in 
2018, and is expected to grow another 6% in 201942. 
Large companies increased their spending on litigation 
by 8.6% from 2017 to 2018, and this is expected to 
increase a further 4% in 201943. This means an additional 
US$2.5 billion dollars will be added to the legal market in 
2019. Virtually every segment of litigation is expected to 
grow in 201944.

As in other jurisdictions, corporations in the US are 
increasingly in-sourcing their legal work. The imperative 
to achieve more with less will likely have a flow-on effect 
on demand for our capital and our ‘skills plus capital’ 
business model.

Total Estimated Addressable Market 
for United States

$471.5bn

$84.87bn

$169.7bn

Total Estimated Annual Market Legal Spend

Estimated Litigation Portion of Total Legal Spend

Estimated Total Addressable Market as % of Total Legal Spend

39.   MarketLine Industry Profile, January 2019, Global Legal Services, Reference 0199-0423, p 8 
40.  O’Connor, C, February 2019, IBISWorld Industry Report 54111, Law Firms in the US, IBISWorld 2019, p 5
41.   2019 Report on the State of the Legal Market, Thomson Reuters Peer Monitor & Georgetown Law, p 5
42.   BTI Litigation Outlook 2019, Changes, Trends and Opportunities for Law Firms, BTI Consulting Group, p 3
43.  Ibid, p 3
44.  Ibid, p 5

32

The culture here is 
very open-minded, 
respectful of people’s 
opinions and 
backgrounds.

Tina Young 
CHIEF OF STAFF 
US

33

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Competitive Landscape
Lured by the potential for profitable returns, the global 
funding market is growing. There are now a large number 
of litigation funding entities active in our geographic 
markets. Consequently, the aggregate funds available and 
number of funded cases have also grown significantly. 

Funding entities today range from publicly-listed, global 
companies like ours to a plethora of domestic, private 
entities or other investors in litigation such as hedge 
funds, private equity firms, family offices, ad hoc investors 
and contingency law firms utilising a variety of funding 
strategies. 

For us, being a third-party dispute resolution financier is 
about much more than collecting and deploying capital, 
and more nuanced than the private equity model of 
involvement.
 – Significant Capital 

We have significant capital to finance large single 
disputes and portfolios, all the way through trial if 
required. This is essential to being a viable competitor 
in today’s funding arena. 

We have grown our Funds Under Management to 
approximately A$1.9 billion this year, giving us one of 
the largest war chests in the global funding industry. 
Claimants, law firms, judicial bodies and opposing 
parties all know that we are good for the money. 
Our capital reserves bring comfort and confidence 
to our funded clients and their legal advisers and 
engender respect amongst our legal opponents. 
Furthermore, our funds are predominantly managed 
off-balance sheet, minimising the financial exposure 
of our business.

 – Strategic insights and project management 
Our model is based on the proposition of bringing 
value to each investment by way of strategic case 
insights and, in many jurisdictions, assistance with 
project execution. Not only does this help safeguard 
our investments, but, importantly, it helps maximise 
returns for funded parties.

Deploying cash with limited involvement may suit 
the recourse-lending model of the finance sector, 
but dispute funding is a specialised field traversing 
finance and law. Deploying funds without ensuring 
each dispute has a winning strategy would be flawed 
underwriting, in our opinion. Good litigation strategy 
and execution can mean the difference between 
winning big or losing everything.

34

 – Investment wisdom 

Few (if any) competitors can claim an 89% success 
rate over 18 years. Even fewer can demonstrate 
average returns of 63% to their funded parties over 
such duration. We have achieved these results 
because our Investment Managers who identify 
and recommend investments, and our Investment 
Committee who vet each recommendation, have 
hundreds of years of cumulative wisdom in law, 
finance and business. These former judges, 
attorneys, and business leaders are at the heart 
of our investment savvy, and their expertise cannot 
be replicated. Without equivalent expertise, funders 
seeking to participate in this market are bound to 
make calamitous mistakes and are unlikely to survive. 

 – Global footprint 

Successful dispute investing today requires a 
global footprint. Not only are disputes increasingly 
international in nature (with multi-national parties, 
geographically dispersed assets and international 
laws), but geographic diversification is also an 
essential element to a de-risked total investment 
portfolio.

Our talent is dispersed across 14 locations in six 
countries. Our Investment Managers, leadership and 
support teams are permanently deployed throughout 
the globe to identify quality investments and guide 
them to fruition. We are neither remote nor fly-in-fly-
out transients.

We coordinate across our global network to identify 
market trends, share learnings, insights and tools, 
achieve efficiencies and harness opportunities 
together. We have regular forums to cohere us 
in our common goal.

When all is considered, there are very few market 
participants left in our competitive realm.

Nevertheless, we are never complacent or arrogant. We 
continuously scan our competitive landscape, analyse 
the operations of industry participants, deconstruct their 
strategies, calibrate and recalibrate our own strategy 
where needed. 

We focus forward through our 
own windscreen, but keep a 
watchful eye on our rear and 
side mirrors to determine if 
competitive adjustments are 
required in response to the 
actions of others.

Andrew Saker 
MANAGING DIRECTOR AND 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

35

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Awards
We are always grateful to receive external endorsement that what we do matters and is noticed. We are honoured by 
market acknowledgement of our skills and have been recognised for our excellence in numerous reputable sources. 
Thank you to our peers and clients for your recognition. Below is just a sample of recent acknowledgment.

They act not just as a 
funder, but also add their 
own expertise in complex 
litigation.

LEGAL PROFESSIONAL INTERVIEWED 
BY CHAMBERS AND PARTNERS45

100 Leading Legal Consultants 
and Strategists: 

2018 and 2019 Andrew Saker and 
Allison Chock recognised as leaders

2016 and 2017 Allison Chock and 
Charlie Gollow recognised as leaders

2019 Chambers and Partners: 
the only funder to receive Band 1 
ranking across APAC (Australia and 
Asia) and one of only two funders to 
receive Band 1 ranking in the US

2018 Chambers and Partners: 
received Band 1 ranking in the US

2018 The Recorder: ranked number 1 
‘Law Firm Funding Provider’

2017 The Recorder: recognised in 
‘Best of 2017’ list for ‘Best Litigation 
Funding Provider’ and ‘Best Law Firm 
Funding Provider’

2019 Leaders League: 
ranked ‘excellent’ for litigation 
and arbitration funding in the 
UK and US

2019 FT Innovative Lawyers Awards: 
Asia Pacific highly commended 
funding of SIAC arbitration with leading 
international law firm

2018 Canadian Lawyer Readers’ 
Choice Award: as a top litigation 
funder

2017 Corporate LiveWire 
Innovation & Excellence Awards: 
Noah Wortman awarded ‘Excellence 
in Class Action Services award’

2018 and 2019 ALM’s Best 
of The Recorder and Best of 
The Connecticut Law Tribune: 
number 1 litigation funding 
provider46

2017 Corporate Counsel: 
recognised as one of the Nation’s 
Best Commercial Litigation Funding 
Providers in ‘Best of 2017’ list

2019 The National Law Journal: 
Recognised in ‘Best of 2019’  
list for ‘Law Firm Funding  
provider’ category

 2019 Legal Times: 
number 1 Commercial 
Litigation Funding Provider

45.   Independent global ranking agency, benchmarking legal industry participants since 1990. Now covering 185 jurisdictions. 
46.   ALM (formerly American Lawyer Media) is a media company and provider of specialised business news and information, 

whose focus includes the legal sector.

36

Risk Management
Some of the risks our business faces are common 
to many enterprises today, and some are particular 
to our industry. We employ strategies for identifying, 
quantifying and mitigating each. 

Portfolio concentration
The most obvious risk in our industry is the potential to 
lose a case and be exposed to adverse costs in ‘loser 
pays’ jurisdictions. We have numerous strategies to 
attenuate this exposure.

Firstly, we temper the exposure to any one investment 
by consciously diversifying our portfolio. This involves 
varying the types of cases in which we invest, the 
jurisdictions in which we operate and expanding the 
size of our total global portfolio.

Secondly, we now finance our investments through 
a series of funding vehicles in which IMF Bentham is 
a minority investor to minimise exposure on our own 
balance sheet.

Existing Portfolio –  
geographic and size diversification

t
n
e
m

t
i

m
m
o
C

t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n

I

Investments*

Australia

Canada

Asia

United States

EMEA

* Excluding Wivenhoe and Westgem

Thirdly, and perhaps most significantly, we choose 
very carefully which disputes we will invest in. It takes 
significant expertise and experience to assess the risks 
associated with disputes, determine which risks are 
acceptable, forecast likely risk-adjusted returns, and then 
navigate the exposures competently. Fortunately, we are 
home to some of the industry’s most experienced and 
talented decision-makers whose collective wisdom has 
produced an 89% success rate across 192 cases over 
18 years.

And finally, for those investments that require specific 
cover, we engage leading insurance and other 
advisers to help quantify the risk and develop bespoke 
coverage solutions.

Although our investments in Wivenhoe and Westgem 
present a concentration issue in our portfolio, we expect 
both cases to complete in FY20, unless appealed. 
We also acknowledge that both investments reflect a 
prior approach of investing on our own balance sheet 
- a model which has since been addressed by our 
capital diversification strategy.

Competition
There is always the potential for a competitor’s actions 
to impact our business. For example, a competitor can 
impact the reputation of the whole industry through their 
conduct or attempt to gain market share through pricing 
or other strategies.

We respond to competitive threat with a differentiated 
brand, innovative strategy, strong vertical and horizontal 
relationships throughout the market, and agile business 
operations.

There are significant barriers to entry in our industry. 
Success requires significant capital reserves to build a 
large and diverse portfolio, a global footprint to source 
and service the best investments, a culture and reputation 
that attracts and retains the best talent, a trusted brand 
to win the best mandates, inimitable corporate know-
how, and an innovative business model. This combination 
takes time and skill to cultivate, nurture and protect 
- and many new entrants fail to gain a foothold or 
achieve sustainability.

So, although there may be many apparent contenders 
and some will engage in price competition to gain market 
entry, few remain in the industry over time and, without a 
sustained track record, the market does not trust them 
with funding opportunities. 

Regulatory reform
We live in a world of continuous disruption. For all 
businesses, change is almost ever-present. Our industry 
is still in its growth phase and regulatory reform and 
common law developments are inevitable. Reforms 
are taking place in several of our key markets, and 
we expect more in future.

Remaining abreast of developments affecting our 
industry and our business is not only essential to 
meeting our obligations as a publicly-listed entity, 
but also to upholding our company values. We seek 
to contribute to developments where appropriate and 
lead improvements where possible.

37

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

In many jurisdictions, the regulatory categorisation 
of dispute resolution finance has not been directly 
addressed by the applicable legislature. As the global 
industry grows, this is likely to change, and a number 
of markets may see regulatory and legislative bodies 
addressing these issues either in the manner adopted 
by Australia (which provides a conditional exemption to 
the panoply of legal requirements for financial products) 
or through other avenues. IMF Bentham continues 
to monitor the position and contribute to applicable 
regulatory consultations and adapt as required to 
comply with any resulting regulatory changes.

In February 2019 Australia amended its whistleblower 
legislation (effective 1 July 2019)47. These amendments 
to the Corporations Act create a consolidated and 
expanded whistleblower protection regime that will 
apply to most businesses in the corporate, financial and 
credit sectors. Although we have until 1 January 2020 
to implement a compliant whistleblowing policy in our 
business, we are prudently updating our existing policies 
and procedures now to ensure compliance.

Australia is also presently strengthening its foreign 
bribery compliance and enforcement framework and we 
anticipate the passage of new legislation48 later in 2019. 
The proposed legislative reform recognises Australia’s 
need for a tighter anti-foreign bribery approach to bring 
Australia into line with international standards (including 
the transformative schemes in the US and UK). The 
legislation encourages a corporate culture of integrity and 
compliance by requiring companies to self-report foreign 
bribery offences and by imposing strict liability offences 
for failing to prevent foreign bribery. The Australian 
Government has issued self-reporting guidelines 
for corporations.

IMF Bentham conducted the annual review of its Conflict 
Management Policy in accordance with ASIC Regulatory 
Guide 248. This guidance provides that litigation funders 
are required to conduct reviews and maintain written 
procedures identifying and managing conflicts of interest. 
The review determined that IMF Bentham has robust 
arrangements in place to identify and assess divergent 
interests and conflicts, and to respond as needed. The 
conflicts management policy is suited to the nature, scale 
and complexity of the litigation schemes funded. 

The Modern Slavery Act 2018 came into effect in Australia 
on 1 January 2019 and targets modern slavery and 
human trafficking in supply chains. Activities such as IT 
procurement (e.g. outsourcing information technology 
functions to low-cost countries), e-waste disposal, and 

47.   Treasury Laws Amendment (Enhancing Whistleblower 

Protection) Act 2019

48.   Crimes Legislation Amendment (Combatting Corporate 

Crime) Bill 2017 

38

facilities management (such as cleaning and building 
maintenance undertaken by underpaid workers), all give 
rise to the risk of modern slavery. Consistent with the 
culture and values of our business, we support closing 
the governance gap inherent in global supply chains and 
increasing transparency. Companies above a threshold 
level that carry on business in Australia will be required to 
release a Modern Slavery Statement at the end of FY20. 

Privacy and spam legislation also applies in many of the 
jurisdictions where we operate and this year we reviewed 
our compliance for our EMEA, Asia and Australian 
operations to ensure we meet compliance obligations.

Our US operations (Bentham Capital Management, LLC) 
are registered as an Investment Adviser in the US and 
accordingly our people are subject to the rules of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding 
insider trading, the treatment of material non-public 
information, receipt of gifts and entertainment, political 
contributions, record keeping, e-mail retention, marketing 
activities, investor communications, and more. The 
impact of SEC rules on our business is managed under 
a comprehensive compliance program. Our US-based 
people and key members of our leadership team 
complete quarterly attestations regarding compliance 
and we will undergo an SEC audit as a standard 
procedure in future.

Key-person dependency
Our company is home to some of the founders and 
global leaders of the third-party dispute resolution finance 
industry. Their highly valuable tacit knowledge has helped 
us achieve our track record of success over 18 years. 
We are tremendously grateful for, and respectful of, 
their contribution.

However, a well-managed company is never dependent 
upon the performance of one or a few individuals. It is 
essential to business continuity and future performance 
that no one person has sole custody of some critical 
institutional knowledge, creativity, reputation, relationships 
or experience that makes him or her indispensable.

Fortunately, in our business today it is the collective 
wisdom, experience, industry relationships, reputations 
and know-how that sustain and propel us and protect us 
from individual departures. But size alone is not enough. 
Culture and operational strategies are also important to 
building organisational resilience.

We foster a culture that maximises employee 
engagement and intrinsic rewards - both critical 
factors in building loyalty and reducing ‘flight risk’. We 
encourage passion and commitment, and we endorse 
contribution and achievement through extrinsic rewards 
including competitive compensation and attractive Short 
Term and Long Term Incentive Plans (STIP and LTIP). 

We provide our people with ongoing development 
opportunities including training, coaching and mentoring 
and undertake cross-training and succession planning 
to enable our people to develop and perform some of 
the responsibilities of others.

We have knowledge management methodologies to 
document and share critical institutional knowledge within 
our organisation and we deliberately share responsibility 
for industry relationships across our team. 

And finally, we protect confidential and competitive 
information via IT security measures and employment 
contracts which include robust clauses for non-compete, 
confidentiality and IP protection. 

39

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Privacy and data security
The way companies acquire and use personal data is 
under ever-increasing scrutiny. In Australia, the mandatory 
breach notification regime introduced in February 2018 
is making businesses more publicly accountable for data 
breaches. Across Asia the data protection landscape 
has been rapidly changing for the last few years as new 
regulations come into force. 

In the EU, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) 
commenced in May 2018 and a proposed ePrivacy 
Regulation is due to be released later in 2019. The GDPR 
introduced new obligations for collecting, keeping and 
using data. Its extraterritorial reach applies to businesses 
established in the EU as well as those whose activities 
reach people located in the EU.

To meet our obligations under this regime, we reviewed 
compliance for our EMEA, Asia and Australian operations 
this year including checking our standard contracts, 
updating our Privacy Policies, internal procedures 
and our consent requirements. 

Our business captures limited amounts of personal 
data and information from clients, so our obligations 
under privacy and data protection regulations are less 
extensive than for many other organisations. In addition 
to scrutinising the collection and usage of personal data, 
regulations also require us to safeguard the storage of 
any data. We cover this below.

Robert Riggio
IT SUPPORT ENGINEER 

40

Cyber-security
Cyber-attacks, in their many forms, are increasing for 
today’s businesses. Fortune Global 500 companies 
recently reported a 944% increase, on average, in the 
number of attacks49. However, there is no correlation 
between an organisation’s size and its vulnerability 
and all businesses must remain vigilant. 

Today’s attacks commonly use social engineering to 
target employees, customers, suppliers and other 
stakeholders in countless ways and across new digital 
channels. Attackers often impersonate trusted senders 
to entice victims to open malicious attachments, 
download malware, click unsafe links, divulge confidential 
information, share sensitive files, release funds, and more.

Protecting any business from such threats involves 
constantly monitoring who is being targeted, how 
they are being targeted and having swift responses 
as well as proactive strategies. We employ a variety of 
people-centric cybersecurity tactics, including regular 
training and simulated attacks for all our people to 
identify those who are particularly vulnerable and to 
customise preventative measures. We enlist all our 
people throughout our global company as the first line 
of defence in protecting our data and commercially 
sensitive know-how. 

We also recognise that the targets, motives and 
objectives of attackers constantly change, are not 
always apparent and can even sometimes be random 
and opportunistic. Accordingly, we supplement our 
social engineering strategies with significant investment 
in security hardware, software, systems and policies 
to prevent attacks and detect new attack tools, 
methodologies and targets - and learn from them. 

In December 2018 we completed a significant, periodic 
upgrade of all hardware and software in our off-site 
primary data centre to ensure all systems remain state-of-
the-art. We regularly submit to external IT security audits 
and continuously adjust our IT approaches. Being nimble 
is an important element of being safe.

IT risks are ever-present for all businesses today and 
we remain vigilant throughout our business at all times.

Brand and reputation
We have carefully built and nurtured our brand for nearly 
twenty years, establishing our reputation for successful 
outcomes, strategic insights, fairness and integrity. 
So naturally, we are very protective of our brand and 
very cautious not to knowingly do anything that may 
cause it harm.

As dispute resolution financiers, we see the aftermath of 
corporate brand degradation and reputational damage 
on a frequent basis and we plan to never be in that 
position ourselves.

We know how easily a brand can be tarnished by internal 
or external forces. Damage can occur overnight from a 
single, cataclysmic event, or be gradual and insidious. 
Parties who seek to do harm can sabotage or undermine 
a brand with intentional misinformation and in-house 
resources can cause erosion by unwittingly acting, or 
failing to act, in accordance with brand values. 

We take numerous steps to protect our brand from 
internal factors. We restrict those who are authorised to 
speak on behalf of the company, ensure employment 
contracts and policies forbid certain conduct and 
communicate expectations during on-boarding and 
ongoing education programs. Thankfully, our people 
are highly educated, sophisticated professionals who 
understand their enduring role as brand ambassadors.

We are also pragmatic enough to realise that even the 
most robust precautions cannot prevent some events. 
We are never immune to external attack or an accidental 
omission or transgression by one of our own. Should this 
occur, we would endeavour to be swift and successful in 
our response and repair. 

We would also hope that our past, exemplary 
conduct would stand us in good stead to weather 
any temporary storm. As an ASX-listed company, 
we have communicated regularly and transparently 
with the market for 18 years and have displayed our 
trustworthiness and sensibility to the business media 
as well as industry commentators and participants. We 
have openly shared our position on key issues facing our 
industry (regulation, case updates and the like) and will 
continue to communicate honestly and exercise caution 
when it comes to protecting our brand and reputation.

We thank you for your ongoing trust.

49.   Proofpoint, Inc, Winter 2019, Protecting People: A Quarterly 

Analysis of Highly Targeted Cyber Attacks, www.proofpoint.com

41

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Governance
In February 2019 the ASX released the fourth edition 
of the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations. The 
new Principles will take effect for IMF from the start 
of FY21 and focus on organisations “acting lawfully, 
ethically and responsibly”, including taking account 
of a range of stakeholders beyond just shareholders. 
These Principles complement recent legislative reforms 
regarding whistleblowing, anti-bribery and corruption. 

The Recommendations also address corporate 
governance practices, including articulating values and 
reporting on material breaches of a company’s policies 
and Code of Conduct.

The new Principles introduce the concept of reputation 
and stipulate that companies must consider the society 
and environment within which they operate as well 
as their commercial imperatives. This is a significant 
development, reflective of the findings of the Banking 
Royal Commission mentioned earlier in this Report.

Being listed on the ASX and a 
registered investment adviser 
with the SEC involves significant 
compliance. Our legal and risk 
function has evolved to meet the 
needs of the business and will 
continue to do so.

Jeremy Sambrook 
GENERAL COUNSEL AND  
COMPANY SECRETARY

42

Realised and unrealised gains
Our investments in litigation assets are recognised 
as intangible assets in our financial statements. This 
means our investments are recorded at cost (less any 
impairment) as funds are outlaid on each investment. 
They do not include movements in the embedded value 
of the assets. At the conclusion of each investment 
(i.e. when a case resolves), the intangible asset is 
de-recognised and is offset by the proceeds (in the 
case of a successful resolution) from the investment, 
resulting in a profit or loss on our original investment.

Some third-party dispute resolution funders adopt 
accounting practices that allow for fair value adjustments 
of the life of a litigation investment. This results in 
unrealised gains and losses being recognised in the profit 
and loss statement and associate movements in the 
carrying value of the investment in the balance sheet.

Funds management
Only a few years ago, IMF Bentham invested in litigation 
assets directly from its own balance sheet and accounted 
principally to shareholders and funded claimants. Today, 
our business is a fund manager and investment adviser 
with duties to a broader stakeholder community whose 
investors include an endowment fund from one of the 
world’s leading prestige tertiary institutions. Our investors 
entrust us with significant funds to manage and we are 
now regulated by the SEC as a registered investment 
adviser. Our obligations are extensive and we take 
them very seriously.

Compliance and risk 
management are embedded 
in our culture. Our people 
ask questions, continually 
educate themselves, take 
ownership of their decisions 
and actions, and act 
with integrity.

Chris Young 
CORPORATE COUNSEL AND 
US CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

43

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Our people – how we make a difference
There are more funders in the market than when we 
started our business, but our people are still our point 
of difference. From our Board of Directors through to 
our support teams, we continue to recruit and retain the 
best in the industry, and we now have more than 100 
specialists around the globe and a very high retention 
rate. As a testament to our business, highly talented 
people choose IMF Bentham and stay with us.

We provide skills as well as capital, with talented 
Investment Managers assigned to safeguard our 
investments, monitor costs and, most importantly, 
support clients and counsel as they progress each 
case. Many Investment Managers joining us from private 
practice are attracted by the opportunity to draw on 
a range of skills to lead game-changing investments 
and be involved from due diligence to resolution. 

44

Our people grasp the wider impact of their work and they 
are inspired by it. They are also attracted to working for 
an agile business with a global impact. 

Across our organisation, our people have all previously 
built successful careers and developed commercial 
acumen as in-house corporate counsel, barristers, 
business leaders, financiers, company directors and 
technical experts across a range of sectors.

Attracting the best, and then rewarding and recognising 
their performance, goes beyond our competitive 
remuneration scheme and incentive plans. 

One of the hallmarks of an IMF 
investment is the rigour of the 
due diligence and review process. 
By the time a case reaches the 
Investment Committee it has 
already been thoroughly vetted 
by an Investment Manager. 
We then examine it from all 
angles before deciding to fund 
and our decision has to be 
unanimous. I enjoy drawing 
on my experience to bring my 
perspective to the process.

The Honourable John Sulan QC 
FORMER JUSTICE OF THE SUPREME COURT OF 
SOUTH AUSTRALIA, INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

No two cases are the same. 
I enjoy the challenge of adapting 
our system and processes to get 
the right information to support 
the investment managers 
and lawyers.

Amanda Kodnik 
CLIENT LIAISON TEAM LEADER

Our people are knowledge workers in a global 
organisation, operating across multiple time zones. 
As we increasingly fund matters in multiple jurisdictions, 
it is essential for teams to have the infrastructure 
and technology to support them, to ensure they 
are connected wherever they are in the world. 
Equally, it is vital for teams to be supported in their health, 
safety and wellbeing. Staff are encouraged to make 
wellness a priority and are supported to do so. We also 
have policies in place to support a safe work environment 
for our employees, contractors and visitors. 

Our leadership are a bright, hard-working, dedicated 
team committed to the course. 

All investment mandates require the approval of our 
Investment Committee, a group of our most senior 
and seasoned executives, and former members of the 
judiciary and legal profession. Wise investing requires 
longevity, and because people stay with us for the long-
term, we retain the expertise and relationships which 
make us stand out from the rest.

We continue to be supported by an actively engaged 
Board who draw on their international experience, 
expertise and relationships to guide the ship. 

Supporting the IMF Bentham business
All the work of the investment and leadership teams is 
bolstered by dedicated experts in marketing, finance, 
client service and IT, who constantly strive to bring 
best practice to what they do. Our Client Liaison 
team based in Perth manages the administration of 
all class member claims in our multiparty actions. 
This involves signing up thousands of clients, 
looking after their claim files and keeping them 
updated on case progress. In the last year, 
the team has worked with our developers 
to introduce an online registration process 
and can field hundreds of queries a day 
through a dedicated 1800 telephone 
number and email address. Together 
with our IT Development team, the 
Client Liaison team constantly 
adapts our proprietary Online Client 
Administration (OCA) database to 
provide the right mix of information 
to our Investment Managers and 
the external lawyers representing 
the class members to manage the 
case as efficiently as possible. In 
the last year, the two teams have 
collaborated to refine the myIMF 
online portal.

45

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Attracting and retaining people 
with a wide variety of perspectives 
and life experiences helps us make 
better choices as a business.

Nickolas Tzoulas 
ASSOCIATE INVESTMENT MANAGER 
AND LEGAL COUNSEL

46

Diversity and inclusion
A diverse team, led inclusively, is an engaged team, 
bringing better outcomes for business and market share. 

The Workplace Gender Equality Act 2012 mandates 
annual reporting by organisations employing 100 or 
more people in Australia. While our own team of 101 is 
employed in six countries around the world, we recognise 
the importance of being transparent. IMF Bentham stands 
out in what have been traditionally male-dominated law 
and finance industries for having women throughout the 
ranks - including at the Board, senior management and 
investment management levels. This year we are even 
closer to gender equality, with women occupying nine 
of our management and leadership positions:
 – Two Board members
 – Two Chief Investment Officers  

(of our largest markets)
 – Two Chief Marketing Officers
 – Chief of Staff
 – Global Fund Financial Manager
 – Head of Client Liaison team

Women also represent:
 – 37% of our Investment Managers and Legal 

Counsel worldwide

 – 50% of our Investment Managers and Legal 

Counsel in the US

 – 50% of the lawyers in our corporate in-house 

legal team

We are aware gender pay gaps persist in some 
workplaces and actively moderate our own remuneration 
approach to deliver equitable compensation for 
comparable roles and performance. This applies from 
our most junior to the most senior appointments. 

Recognising that diversity goes beyond gender, we value 
the contribution of people with differences in background, 
experience and perspectives. Our people hail from all 
corners of the globe, including North America, South 
Africa, Europe, Asia, Australia and New Zealand, and 
speak 16 languages, from Afrikaans, Arabic and Bangla 
to Mandarin, Spanish and Tamil. 

We continue to recruit and promote on merit, and aspire 
to lead a culture of innovation, collaboration and creativity, 
all of which are the hallmarks of inclusivity.

Examples of our impact
Dispute resolution finance assists individuals, commercial 
enterprises or other groups and entities. When that 
finance is accompanied by the strategic know-how 
of dedicated Investment Managers, the impact can 
be significant.

Below are case studies and perspectives of some who 
have been assisted by our product and service. Their 
positive feedback and their success is our intrinsic 
reward. It demonstrates that what we do matters and 
matters greatly. And this ability to make a positive 
difference inspires us every day.

Our finance is helping a Canadian engineering 
company pursue a claim against major US 
pipeline and gas processing companies
We are financing JL Energy Transportation Inc’s 
(JETI) claim against the Alliance Pipeline, originally a 
conglomerate of 22 of North America’s largest energy 
companies, and now owned by three of the largest 
energy players in North America. JETI invented and 
patented technology for transporting enriched natural gas 
via high-pressure pipeline from Canada to the lucrative 
US market and licensed it to the Alliance Pipeline. A 
dispute arose when this technology was allegedly used 
outside the scope of the licences, without authorisation 
or financial compensation.

“ We remain appreciative to have Bentham 
on board to successfully defend our patent 
and fund our continuing actions as their 
significant due diligence, capital at risk, 
and proven track record, validates our 
confidence in our long-standing claims.” 

John Lagadin
PRESIDENT, JETI

Our finance is helping an entertainment owner-
operator pursue a claim against a global 
entertainment technology company
We are financing a Lebanon-based movie theatre 
developer and operator in its claim against a global 
entertainment giant to pursue damages for more than 
CAD$140.5 million. It is alleged that when the respondent 
terminated contracts to build luxury projection theatres 
in Doha, the opportunity was awarded to a competitor 
who used the claimant’s confidential and proprietary 
designs. The client chose our dispute resolution finance 
solution instead of self-funding so it could prioritise 
its own funds for the core business of developing 
entertainment projects.

Our finance is helping forestry scheme investors 
recover their retirement savings
We are funding claims against Australian Executor 
Trustees (SA) Ltd (AET) in its capacity as trustee of the 
SEAS Sapfor (Southern Australian Perpetual Forests) 
scheme for negligence and breach of trust. AET is part 
of the IOOF Group, one of Australia’s largest financial 
services businesses. Many of the 4,500 investors in this 
claim are elderly people who lost part of their retirement 
savings when the scheme collapsed following a takeover 
by the Gunns Group which subsequently became 
insolvent. Without IMF Bentham’s funding, these investors 
would not be able to access justice for their losses. The 
Supreme Court of NSW heard the trial over eight days 
from 1 July 2019 and judgment is now awaited.

Our finance recovered losses for investors 
in a major Australian dairy food producer
We funded a class action against Australian dairy food 
producer Murray Goulburn Co-operative Co Limited 
(MG) and MG Responsible Entity Limited (MGRE) which 
alleged MGRE distributed misleading statements and 
breached Australian corporate disclosure rules. The 
parties agreed to a $42 million settlement in June 2019 
(subject to court approval and without any admission of 
liability on the part of MG or MGRE) enabling investors to 
recover a significant proportion of their investment losses. 
The claimant group was made up of both retail and 
institutional investors.

“ For the plaintiffs to recoup such a 
significant proportion of their losses is 
an excellent result when at one stage our 
investments seemed lost. It is a tribute to 
the initiative and efforts of our solicitors 
and litigation funder.” 

Rod Gibson
DIRECTOR, ENDEAVOUR RIVER PTY LTD, LEAD APPLICANT 

Our finance recovered losses for investors 
in a training and labour hire firm
We funded an action on behalf of retail and institutional 
investors against Ashley Services Group Ltd, a publicly-
listed Australian labour hire, training and recruitment 
company. The investors claimed losses due to alleged 
misleading statements and material omissions, and 
breach of Australian corporate disclosure rules and 
sought recoveries for their losses. A settlement of 
$14.6 million was approved by the Federal Court 
of Australia in June 2019 enabling investors to 
recoup some of their losses, and proceeds are 
to be distributed in the second half of 2019.

47

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

Corporate social responsibility
As we expand into new jurisdictions, we have a significant opportunity to make a social contribution. We have a track 
record of financing cases that advance the public interest and enable people to assert their rights. We also support 
initiatives to inform research, extend access to justice and opportunity, and develop the next generation of leaders.

Informing research and best practice

University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia
In Australia, we continue our strategic alliance with the 
University of New South Wales (UNSW) Class Action 
Research Initiative, which explores and solves key issues 
in class actions practice through academic research 
and analysis. In FY19, we co-hosted a successful Class 
Actions Conference with UNSW. The keynote address 
was delivered by Sir Rupert Jackson, a former Lord 
Justice of the Court of Appeal of England and Wales, 
on the advantages of introducing costs management 
and costs budgeting into class actions. 

Monash University, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia
We continue to support substantial, independent 
empirical research conducted by academics at Monash 
University in Victoria, Australia. Research in FY19 has 
focused on an empirical study of shareholder class 
actions. The objective of the study is to ensure that law 
makers, courts and the general community can rely 
on accurate, comprehensive and current data about 
shareholder class actions.

Civil Justice Research Initiative, University 
of California, US
In the US we continue to support the Civil Justice 
Research Initiative (CJRI). This think tank identifies and 
produces highly credible, unbiased research on critical 
issues concerning the civil justice system, to ensure 
continued access to the courts. Allison Chock, Chief 
Investment Officer - US, is a member of the CJRI’s 
Advisory Board.

48

Mauritius Chamber of Commerce and Industry (MCCI) 
Arbitration and Mediation Center (MARC) Court, 
Mauritius
As a member of the MARC Court and chair of the Rules 
Drafting Committee, Hong Kong-based Investment 
Manager Cheng-Yee Khong was instrumental in 
developing MARC’s innovative new Arbitration Rules, 
which came into effect in May 2018. These Rules facilitate 
swifter arbitrations, with greater transparency and 
neutrality, while minimising time and costs. Cheng-Yee 
also co-authored the MARC Guide to the Rules, which 
was released in late 2018. 

International Chamber of Commerce International 
Court of Arbitration, China
In August 2018, Cheng-Yee Khong presented in a 
three-day international arbitration training session for 
Guangdong lawyers in Shenzhen, China. This was run 
jointly by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC), 
Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (SCIA), Moot 
Alumni Association (MAA) and Guangdong Lawyers’ 
Association. The session and speakers’ interviews were 
broadcast live and received over half a million hits on 
social media by the second day.

Equality for women in law

ArbitralWomen
We support ArbitralWomen, an international non-
governmental organisation established to advance the 
interests of women and promote female practitioners 
in international dispute resolution. Dana MacGrath, 
Investment Manager and Legal Counsel in our New York 
office, is the current president of the Board of Directors.

 
 
 
Extending access to justice

Public Counsel, Los Angeles, California, US
We are an ongoing supporter of Public Counsel, the 
largest pro bono law firm in the US. Public Counsel’s 
activities are far-ranging and impact over 30,000 
people every year, many of whom live at or below the 
poverty level. Allison Chock is a member of the Board of 
Directors.

Pro Bono Ontario, Toronto, Canada
Our team members in Canada volunteer their time as 
pro bono counsel with Pro Bono Ontario, an organisation 
which connects lawyers who want to donate their 
services, with people who have legal needs but cannot 
afford lawyers. In 2018, Pro Bono Ontario served nearly 
29,000 Ontarians with nowhere else to turn, helping to 
save the court system over CAD$5 million in costs in 
the process. 

Cases in the public interest
Our privileged position in the market means we can 
promote access to justice for people and parties who 
could not otherwise afford to make a claim. We support 
local communities by financing cases which advance the 
public interest including:
 – redress for property and business damage due to 

per- and poly-fluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) chemical 
contamination of water supplies for three rural 
communities in Australia

 – representing more than 5,000 individuals and 

businesses in a class action against dam operators 
following the 2011 floods in the state of Queensland, 
Australia

 – representing owners, owners’ corporations and 

leaseholders of buildings affected by combustible 
polyethylene (PE) core cladding in claims against 
the manufacturers.

Educating and supporting future generations 
of legal practitioners

Queen’s University 
Kingston, Ontario, Canada
Our team in Canada lectures to students completing 
the Graduate Diploma in Legal Services Management.

Lawyers Feed the Hungry - a program of the Law 
Society Foundation, Toronto, Ontario, Canada 
Our team members in Canada provides financial support 
and volunteers their time in support of Lawyers Feed 
the Hungry, a program of the Law Society Foundation 
that fights hunger year-round in eight cities across 
the province. 

Launched in Toronto in 1998, over the last 20 years 
this important program has provided more than 60,000 
hot and healthy meals annually. This is made possible 
through the generosity of donors and the tireless 
support of volunteers.

Osgoode Hall Law School, York University 
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
We lecture to J.D. and LLM students in courses including 
the Investor Protection Clinic.

The team also supports the University of Ottawa’s Career 
Day for tomorrow’s legal leaders and makes an annual 
donation to Pro Bono Students Canada, University 
of Toronto.

49

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
We want to be a company that 
generates sustained success 
through a clear and compelling 
strategy, delivered in the context 
of a strong ethical framework 
that engenders the flourishing 
of our staff and value for 
our customers.

Michael Kay 
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

Chairman’s 
and Managing 
Director’s Report
continued

50

Future Initiatives
Our FY20 is looking exciting (and busy!) and we 
are energised by the path ahead of us.

Completions
We will focus on doing what we can to resolve some 
of the major investments on our balance sheet. Both 
Westgem and Wivenhoe have been long-running 
disputes and we are keen to achieve completions for 
both in the interests of funded claimants, and on behalf 
of our shareholders. 

We will also steward recent completions (Forge, Murray 
Goulburn and Sirtex) through the usual court approval 
process, which we expect to be finalised during 
FY20. After the close of FY19, the claim against two 
respondents in a confidential Australian matter settled, 
and the shareholder class action against UGL settled in 
principle. There was also a settlement in principle in a 
confidential US bankruptcy investment and a settlement 
in a confidential US appeal funding. Results will be 
recorded in FY20. 

Financing the corporate world
We have redoubled our efforts to engage with the broader 
corporate market regarding the role of dispute resolution 
finance in their suite of capital management tools. In 
each of our jurisdictions we are fostering relationships in 
commerce and actively pitching to more corporates and 
developing bespoke solutions to address their capital 
and risk management requirements.

Coordinating to pursue global fields of play
We are already well advanced in our engagement with 
key markets in the areas of international arbitration, 
insolvency funding and intellectual property. Our 
specialist practitioners in these fields are working as 
globally coordinated teams identifying opportunities 
together and driving pursuits collaboratively. 

Expanding our footprint
In FY20 we will be reviewing our global organisation 
structure and streamlining operations for global 
consistency and efficiency, as well as bonding our 
expanding team around the world to our corporate 
vision and culture. We will continue to grow our team 
organically, with further expansion intended in the growth 
markets of Asia, Canada and EMEA. These are all 
significant undertakings.

Committing our new Funds to investments
Although it sounds self-evident in our business, our 
main focus in FY20 will be to continue identifying quality 
investments to grow the size and diversity of our global 
investment portfolio. We now have sufficient capital 
across our new Funds 4 and 5 to pursue more and 
larger investment opportunities and compete fiercely for 
mandates. And this is exactly what we will be doing.

We will continue to apply our expertise and experience 
in multi-party actions in the Australian, Canadian 
and European jurisdictions and focus on investment 
opportunities in commercial litigation and international 
arbitration across our wider geographic footprint.

Conclusion
It has been another big year for our company. Our team 
has worked tirelessly on behalf of our claimants and our 
shareholders and will continue to do so.

On behalf of the Board, we thank our shareholders for 
their commitment to our business plan and faith in our 
talented team. We also applaud our exceptional people 
whose competency, enthusiasm and drive turn our goals 
into reality. We now embark on the next exciting chapter 
in the growth of our business and look forward to the 
journey ahead. We are energised and excited by the 
opportunities ahead.

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Michael Kay 
Non-Executive Chairman

51

OverviewFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Report IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Financial 
Report

Directors’ Report .......................................................... 53
Auditor’s Independence Declaration ............................ 80
Statement of Comprehensive Income .......................... 81
Statement of Financial Position .................................... 82
Statement of Cash Flows ............................................. 83
Statement of Changes in Equity ................................... 84
Notes to the Financial Statements ................................ 85

A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR 

90

Note 1:  Segment information .................................... 90
Note 2:  Revenue ....................................................... 94
Note 3:  Net (loss)/gain on derecognition  

of intangibles assets ..................................... 94
Note 4:  Other Income  .............................................. 95
Note 5:  Expenses ..................................................... 95
Income tax ................................................... 97
Note 6: 
Note 7:  Earnings per share ....................................... 99
Note 8:  Dividends paid and proposed .................... 101
Note 9:  Statement of cash flows reconciliation ....... 102

B. INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

103

Note 10:  Intangible assets ........................................ 103

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE 

105

Note 11:  Financial risk management ......................... 105
Note 12:  Cash and cash equivalents ........................ 109
Note 13:  Debt securities ........................................... 109
Note 14:  Contributed equity.......................................111
Note 15:  Retained earnings and reserves ................. 112

D. WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS  
AND OTHER LIABILITIES 

113

Note 16:  Litigation contracts and other receivables  . 113
Note 17:  Contract costs............................................ 114
Note 18:  Other assets ............................................... 114
Note 19:  Plant and equipment .................................. 114
Note 20:  Trade and other payables ........................... 116
Note 21:  Provisions ................................................... 116
Note 22:  Commitments and contingencies ............... 117

E. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED PARTIES 

119

Note 23:  Key management personnel....................... 119
Note 24:  Share-based payment plan ........................ 119
Note 25:  Parent entity information  ........................... 121
Note 26:  Material partly-owned subsidiaries  ............ 123
Note 28:  Auditor’s remuneration ............................... 126
Note 29:  Events after the reporting date ................... 126
Directors’ Declaration ................................................. 127
Independent Auditor’s Report .................................... 128

52

 
 
Directors’ 
Report

The directors of IMF Bentham Limited (“IMF” or “the Company” or “the Parent”) submit their report for the year ended 
30 June 2019.

Directors
The names and details of the Company’s directors in office during the financial year and until the date of this report are 
noted below. Directors were in office for the entire period unless otherwise stated.

Names, qualifications, experience and special responsibilities

Michael Kay 
Non-Executive Chairman
Michael Kay has been IMF Bentham’s Non-Executive 
Chairman since 1 July 2015. He brings a wealth of 
commercial experience, with a sound track record of 
building successful businesses. Most recently he was Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing Director of salary packaging 
company McMillan Shakespeare Limited. He was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of national insurer AAMI and before 
that spent 12 years in private legal practice. 

Mr Kay is Non-Executive Director of RAC Insurance Pty 
Limited, and Chairman and Non-Executive Director of 
City Chic Collective Limited. He retired as Chairman 
and Non-Executive Director of Lovisa Holdings Limited 
in October 2018, and as Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director of ApplyDirect Limited in March 2019.

Mr Kay is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Corporate Governance 
Committee and Nomination Committee. During the 
past three years he has not served as a Director of any 
listed company other than IMF Bentham Limited, Quintis 
Limited, Lovisa Holdings Limited, ApplyDirect Limited 
and City Chic Collective Limited. 

Mr Kay holds a Bachelor of Laws (University of Sydney, 
Australia).

Andrew Saker
Managing Director and CEO
Andrew Saker was appointed Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer on 5 January 2015. Since then, he has 
led a transformational strategy of geographic expansion, 
production diversification, and migrating IMF Bentham’s 
business model from capital management to fund 
management. 

Mr Saker began his career at Ferrier Hodgson, a leading 
provider of corporate recovery, insolvency management 
and restructuring services throughout Australia and Asia. 
Appointed partner in 1998, he went on to establish the 
firm’s Indonesian practice in Jakarta. In his 26 years at 
Ferrier Hodgson, he was involved in over 500 corporate 
insolvencies and restructurings in Australia, Asia, North and 
South America. He speaks regularly at industry conferences 
and is frequently cited in the media and trade publications 
regarding dispute financing, insolvency and restructuring.

During the past three years he has not served as a Director 
of any listed company other than IMF Bentham Limited.

Mr Saker holds a Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting and 
Finance (University of Western Australia). He is a Member of 
the Institute of Chartered Accountants. Until his appointment 
to IMF Bentham, he was an Official Liquidator of the 
Supreme and Federal Courts.

53

IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Hugh McLernon 
Executive Director
Hugh McLernon is one of the founders 
and pioneers of the contemporary 
dispute resolution funding industry. He 
has been an Executive Director and 
member of IMF Bentham’s Investment 
Committee since 2001. 

Mr McLernon is a lawyer by training. 
In 1988, he retired after 20 years 
of legal practice to commence the 
litigation funding industry in Australia 
through McLernon Group Limited. In 
1990 he introduced the secondary life 
insurance market into Australia through 
the Capital Life Exchange. From 1996 
to 2001, he was also the Managing 
Director of the Hill Group of companies 
which operates in the finance, mining, 
property, insurance and general 
investment arenas of Australia. In 2001, 
Mr McLernon listed IMF Bentham 
on the ASX. He was the inaugural 
Managing Director from 2001 to 2004, 
and then 2009 to 2015.

Previously, Mr McLernon worked as a 
Crown Prosecutor and then barrister 
at the independent bar, before joining 
Clayton Utz for three years as a 
litigation partner. 

During the past three years he has 
not served as a Director of any listed 
company other than IMF Bentham 
Limited.

Mr McLernon holds a Bachelor of 
Laws degree (University of Western 
Australia).

Michael Bowen 
Non-Executive Director
Michael Bowen was a founding partner 
of the Perth law firm Hardy Bowen 
and became a partner of global law 
firm DLA Piper in 2015. He practices 
primarily corporate, commercial and 
securities law with an emphasis on 
mergers, acquisitions, capital raisings 
and resources. Mr Bowen assists 
the Managing Director on matters 
concerning corporations law.

Mr Bowen was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director 
in December 2001. He is Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, was Chair 
of the Audit and Risk Committee until 
4 April 2019 and is a member of the 
Corporate Governance Committee and 
Nomination Committee. Mr Bowen is 
also a Non-Executive Director of Trek 
Metals Limited (appointed 22 February 
2017). 

During the past three years he has 
not served as a Director of any listed 
company other than IMF Bentham 
Limited and Trek Metals Limited.

Mr Bowen holds Bachelors of Law, 
Jurisprudence and Commerce 
(University of Western Australia). He 
has been admitted as a barrister and 
solicitor of the Supreme Court of 
Western Australia since 1979, and is 
also admitted as a solicitor of the High 
Court of Australia. He is a Certified 
Public Accountant and a member of 
the Australian Society of Accountants.

Karen Phin
Non-Executive Director
Karen Phin has over 20 years’ 
experience analysing and advising 
Australian listed companies in 
the retail, banking, industrial and 
natural resources sectors on capital 
management, capital raisings and 
mergers and acquisitions. Until 2014, 
she was a Managing Director and 
Head of Capital Advisory at Citigroup 
in Australia and New Zealand. Prior 
to joining Citigroup, she spent 12 
months at ASIC as a Senior Specialist 
in the Corporations group. From 1996 
to 2009, Ms Phin was a Managing 
Director at UBS AG, where she 
established and led the Capital 
Management Group. 

Ms Phin is a member of IMF 
Bentham’s Audit and Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee, Nomination 
Committee and current Chair of the 
Corporate Governance Committee. 
She has been a Non-Executive 
Director of Magellan Financial Group 
Limited since 2014 and a member 
of the Takeovers Panel since 2015, 
and a Non-Executive Director of ARB 
Corporation Limited since June 2019. 
During the past three years, she 
has not served as a Director of any 
company other than IMF Bentham, 
Magellan Financial Group Limited 
and ARB Corporation Limited.

Ms Phin holds a Bachelor of Arts and 
Bachelor of Laws (Honours) (University 
of Sydney, Australia) and is a graduate 
of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors. 

54

Directors’ ReportcontinuedWendy McCarthy AO FAICDLife
Non-Executive Director –  
Retired 21 November 2018
Wendy McCarthy AO started her 
career as a secondary school teacher. 
She has since held many significant 
leadership roles including as Deputy 
Chair of the Australian Broadcasting 
Corporation, Chancellor of the 
University of Canberra and Chair of 
Plan Australia. She is currently Deputy 
Chair of Goodstart Early Learning, 
Patron of the Sydney Women’s Fund 
and Ambassador for 1 Million Women. 

In 1989, Ms McCarthy was appointed 
an Officer of the Order of Australia 
and in 2003 received a Centenary 
of Federation Medal for business 
leadership. 

Ms McCarthy was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director 
in December 2013. Until retirement 
from the Board on 21 November 
2018, she was Chair of the Corporate 
Governance Committee and 
Nomination Committee, and a member 
of the Audit and Risk Committee, and 
Remuneration Committee. During the 
past three years she has not served as 
a Director of any other listed company.

Ms McCarthy holds a Bachelor of Arts 
and Diploma of Education (University 
of New England, Australia) and an 
Honorary Doctorate (University of 
South Australia). She is a Life Fellow 
of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors.

Christine Feldmanis
Non-Executive Director – 
Appointed 1 November 2018
Christine Feldmanis is a qualified 
accountant, investment, governance 
and risk management specialist with 
over 30 years’ experience in the 
finance and investment industry. She 
was previously Managing Director 
of an ASX-listed boutique funds 
management incubator business and 
Chief Finance Officer of the NSW 
Treasury Corporation. 

As a professional Non-Executive 
Director and experienced Board 
Committee Chair, Ms Feldmanis’ 
current Non-Executive Director roles 
include Perpetual Equity Investment 
Company Limited, FIIG Securities 
Limited, Bell Asset Management 
Limited and not-for-profit organisation, 
Foodbank NSW.

Ms Feldmanis was appointed to the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director 
from November 2018 and Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee from 4 April 
2019.

During the past three years she has 
not served as a Director of any listed 
company other than IMF Bentham 
Limited and Perpetual Equity 
Investment Company Limited.

Ms Feldmanis holds a Bachelor 
of Commerce (University of New 
South Wales, Australia) and Master 
of Applied Finance (Macquarie 
University, Australia). She is a 
Fellow of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors, Trustee Fellow 
of the Association of Superannuation 
Funds of Australia, Senior Fellow of 
the Financial Services Institute of 
Australasia and a Certified Practising 
Accountant.

55

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Officers

Stuart Mitchell 
Chief Financial Officer
Stuart Mitchell joined IMF Bentham 
in November 2018. He was previously 
Chief Financial Officer, Legal 
Counsel and Company Secretary 
for Ironbridge Capital, an Australian-
based investment and private equity 
firm, providing funding for domestic 
and international businesses. His role 
encompassed financial management, 
budgeting, modelling, reporting and 
disclosure, governance, compliance, 
risk assessment, accounting, taxation, 
licensing and control issues of the 
manager, funds and associated 
structures across Asia Pacific, 
the Caribbean and Europe.

Mr Mitchell has over 20 years’ 
commercial experience in Australia 
and the UK in the financial services 
sector, including private equity, funds 
management and venture capital.

Mr Mitchell holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce (University of New South 
Wales, Australia). He was admitted to 
practise as a solicitor in New South 
Wales and is a qualified Chartered 
Company Secretary and Chartered 
Accountant.

Jeremy Sambrook
General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Jeremy Sambrook is an experienced 
corporate lawyer with a broad in-house 
legal and private practice background, 
having practised in the UK, Hong Kong, 
the Channel Islands and Australia. 
Immediately before joining IMF Bentham, 
Mr Sambrook was a Special Counsel 
in the Corporate team at DLA Piper 
Australia in Perth, Australia. 

Following seven years working at a 
leading London law firm, Mr Sambrook 
moved to one of Europe’s largest 
international hedge fund managers 
as Corporate Legal Counsel with 
responsibility for a wide variety of 
corporate group projects. He became a 
partner in 2010 and went on to manage 
the off-shore head office before moving 
with his family to Australia in 2013. 

Mr Sambrook was appointed as General 
Counsel and Company Secretary in 
January 2016.

Mr Sambrook holds a Bachelor of Laws 
(University of Bristol, UK). 

56

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
 
Interests in shares, bonds and performance rights of the Company
As at the date of this report, the interests of the directors in shares, IMF Bentham Bonds, Fixed Rate Notes and share 
performance rights of the Company were: 

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Hugh McLernon

Michael Bowen

Wendy McCarthy

Karen Phin

Christine Feldmanis

Total

Number of
ordinary
shares

Number of
IMF Bentham
Bonds

Number of
Fixed Rate
Notes

Number of
performance
rights

313,049

168,863

5,104,402

1,019,978

–

23,256

–

6,629,548

 – 

–

7,500

1,500

–

–

300

9,300

–

–

100

1,849,081

–

–

–

–

–

1,743,346

–

–

–

–

100

3,592,427

Further details of the interests of the Directors in the shares, bonds and options of the Company as at the date of this 
report are set out in the Remuneration Report included within the Directors’ Report.

Dividends paid by IMF Bentham Limited

Declared 
date

Record  
date

Payment  
date

Cents

$m

Dividends paid in the year:

Interim for the year

On ordinary shares

Final for 2018, as recommended  
in the 2018 financial report

On ordinary shares

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

nil

nil

–

–

Where dividends are paid by IMF Bentham Limited, shareholders are able to elect to participate in the dividend 
reinvestment plan in relation to these dividends. 

The directors have determined they will consider, and where appropriate, implement, a regular semi-annual dividend which 
reflects the cash position and performance of the Company at the time of the dividend and the likely demand for cash over 
the ensuing 12-month period. The Company has put in place a dividend reinvestment plan and, on appropriate occasions, 
may arrange underwriting to reduce the impact a particular dividend might otherwise have on cash.

In respect of the current financial year, the Directors have determined that no final dividend will be payable by IMF Bentham 
Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019. 

57

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Fund 1
In February 2017, the Group launched its first fund, Fund 
1 for US investments. The Group and affiliated entities of 
Fortress Credit Advisers LLC committed up to US$200.0 
million to this Fund to be deployed on US cases over a 
three year period. Fund 1 was initially sized at US$133.3 
million with commitments of US$100.0 million from Fortress 
and US$33.3 million from IMF. Fortress is entitled to a 
capped priority return on invested capital and a further 
preferred return on committed but undrawn capital, after 
which IMF is entitled to a manager return. The residual net 
cash flows received on investments are distributed 85% to 
IMF and 15% to Fortress. 

In February 2018, IMF sold the majority of its existing cases 
funded by its US subsidiary into Fund 1, generating cash 
for IMF of $61.3 million. At the same time, the Fund was 
upsized from US$133.3 million to US$166.7 million. By 
30 June 2019, the Fund’s exclusivity period had completed; 
and it had committed 96.2% of available capacity as shown 
graphically below. Future US investments will be made 
by Fund 4. 

US$6.4m

US$6.9m

Deployed

Fund 1 
96.2% Committed

Start Date – 10 Feb 2018 

Fund Size – US$166.7m 

Investments Committed – US$153.4m 

Investments Deployed – US$125.6m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)

Remaining for Investment

Other Costs

Operating and financial review

Principal activities 
The principal activities of the entities within the 
consolidated group during the financial year were 
(i) the investment into and the management of Funds 
(or Fund-like structures) that are focused on investing 
into litigation and dispute resolution matters globally and 
(ii) the continued holding of direct investments into similar 
litigation and dispute resolution matters. The Group (either 
via the Funds or directly) invests by entering into funding 
agreements with claimants or law firms to provide funding 
and associated services. The Group does not provide legal 
advice. The key business driver is to make investments into 
litigation which ultimately result in a successful conclusion. 
If the litigation is successful, the Group earns a fee from 
the recovery amount. The fee may be structured as either 
a multiple of the amount invested or as a percentage 
of the settlement or judgment proceeds; and may be 
in addition to or inclusive of the amount invested; or a 
combination thereof. Generally, the multiple or percentage 
changes over time and may be lower the earlier the 
litigation is resolved. If the litigation is unsuccessful the 
Group does not generate any income and will derecognise 
its investment in the litigation for a loss in the profit and 
loss account. In certain jurisdictions the litigation funding 
agreement contains an undertaking to the client that the 
Group will pay any adverse costs that may arise in respect 
of the costs incurred by the defendant(s) in the funded 
litigation during the period of funding. Additionally, fees 
for managing and servicing in the Funds will provide an 
ongoing regular revenue stream independent of litigation 
investment returns. 

Nature of operations
The Group undertakes new investing activities through 
its Funds (or Fund-like structures) as outlined below. 
The Group continues to hold and further invest directly 
in existing investments that were initiated prior to the 
origination of the Funds. The Group operates through 
14 offices in six countries around the world. Originating 
in Australia in 2001, the Group expanded into the USA, 
opening an office in New York in 2011. Since that time, 
IMF has also opened offices in Los Angeles in 2014, 
San Francisco in 2015 and Houston in early 2017. 

In January 2016, the Group expanded into Canada, 
opening an office in Toronto followed by a presence 
in Quebec in early 2018. The 2017 UK operations, with 
a focus on the UK, Europe, Middle East and Africa were 
supplemented in November 2018 with the creation of 
a subsidiary and branch operations.

A Singapore branch was established early in 2017 following 
the introduction of legislation permitting litigation funding 
for international arbitration, and a Hong Kong office was 
added in early 2018. 

In 2017 the Group established its first-generation Funds 
with external investor capital commitments.

58

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
 
Operating and financial review (continued)

Funds 2 & 3 (RoW Funds)
In October 2017, the Group launched its second fund, 
(collectively) Funds 2 & 3 which are mandated to 
make non-US investments. These rest of world Funds’ 
investment partners include Partners Capital Phoenix 
Fund II Limited, a fund managed by Partners Capital, and 
a special purpose vehicle advised and managed by Amitell 
Capital Pte Ltd, a Singapore based private investment firm. 
The RoW Funds invest in litigation in jurisdictions outside 
the USA. They commenced with combined investor 
capital commitments of $150.0 million. On 31 January 
2019, the capital commitment capacity increased by 
20%, with an additional $30.0 million, taking the total to 
$180.0 million. The external investors’ capital commitment 
is for 80% with IMF funding 20%. The Funds’ economics 
and waterfall profile for investors and IMF is similar to 
Fund 1, except that (i) the preferred return is a slightly 
different rate and (ii) the residual net cash flows received 
on investments are distributed 80% to IMF and 20% to 
the investment partners.

At 30 June 2019, the RoW Funds were committed to 93.3% 
of available capacity as shown diagrammatically below:

During the 2019 financial year the Group established its 
second generation Funds.

Fund 4
In November 2018, IMF successfully closed its fourth 
Fund, which is the next US centric investment structure 
established to follow on from the US investment activity 
of Fund 1. It has capital commitments of US$500 million, 
with the potential to increase to US$1.0 billion. 20% of 
the capital is to be provided by IMF, 80% is from external 
investors. The external investors include the investors in 
the RoW Funds and funds managed by a US University 
endowment fund. 

IMF will periodically receive management, advisory, 
administration and performance fees in relation to the Fund 
from the external investors in the Fund.

IMF receives its investor return on its committed capital 
pari passu with the external investors.

At 30 June 2019, the Fund has committed 8.0% of its 
available capacity as shown graphically below. 

$17.0m

$12.1m

Deployed

Funds 2 & 3 
93.3% Committed

Start Date – 03 Oct 2017 

Fund Size – $180m 

Investments Committed – $150.9m 

Investments Deployed – $30.2m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)

Remaining for Investment

Other Costs

Deployed

Fund 4 
8.0% Committed

Start Date – 01 Apr 2019 

Fund Size – US$500m 

Investments Committed – US$38m 

Investments Deployed – US$18m

US$462m

Committed (fully funded, IC approved,  
conditionally funded)
Remaining for Investment

59

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Operating and financial review (continued)
Fund 5
On 20 June 2019, IMF successfully launched its fifth Fund, Fund 5. This is a non-US centric investment structure 
established to follow the rest of world investment activity of Funds 2 & 3. It has capital commitments of US$500 million, 
with the potential to increase to US$1.0 billion. 20% of the capital is to be provided by IMF, and 80% is from external 
investors which include the Fund 4 investors with the addition of Balmoral Wood.

IMF will periodically receive management, advisory, administration and performance fees in relation to the Fund. 

IMF will receive its investor return on its committed capital pari passu with the external investors.

At 30 June 2019, this Fund had not yet commenced operations as there was capacity remaining in Funds 2 & 3.

In any given year the Group’s profitability is significantly dependent upon the outcome of funded investments resolved 
in that year, however the successful completion of an investment and the timing of that completion is not ultimately within 
the Group’s control. Legislative, regulatory, judicial and policy changes may have an impact on future profitability.

The Group endeavours to have a mix of cases it is funding at any one time. These can broadly be categorised as law 
firm portfolios, patent and intellectual property claims, commercial, insolvency, corporate, arbitration claims, appeal 
whistle-blower claims and group actions. The global expansion also creates diversification across jurisdictions.

Investment portfolio report at 30 June 2019 

IMF balance sheet
Fund 1
Funds 2 & 3
Fund 4

EPV  
$m

 Number of 
investments

Possible Completion EPV $m

FY2020 

FY2021

 FY2022

FY2023+

1,514.2
3,164.3
2,709.1
569.1

7,956.7

21
34
26
2

83

1,074.2
1,470.8
261.2
198.7

3,004.9

290.0
1,201.1
1,251.6
0.0

2,742.7

150.0
255.9
851.5
0.0

1,257.4

0.0
236.5
344.8
370.4

951.7

Diversification by funding source (%)

Diversification by litigation type (%)

7

2

10

34

19

40

IMF Balance Sheet
Fund 1

Funds 2 & 3
Fund 4

60

31

26

15

3

3

10

Commercial
Law Firm
Patent
Whistleblower
Appeal

Multi Party
Arbitration
Other IP
Insolvency

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
USA
The Group’s US operations funded 8 new investments 
(2018: 11) during the reporting period. Since entering the 
USA in August 2011, a total of 72 investments have been 
funded, with 40 current investments. 

Ten US investments were resolved during the year 
(2018: 7), three of which were losses (2018: 1), and none 
were withdrawn (2018: 1). There is currently one case in 
the US on appeal (2018: 1). Income was also received in 
relation to five continuing investments (2018: 7) involving 
funding law firms across a portfolio of investments. Gross 
income generated from these investments during the 
current financial year was $3.5 million (2018: $4 million). 

The US investment business now has 23 staff (2018: 18) 
including nine investment managers and six legal counsel. 
The investment managers have similar credentials to the 
wider IMF group.

Although uncertainty in US law concerning whether 
funders’ communications are protected from disclosure 
inhibits IMF’s usual transparency about the investments 
it funds, we can say that the US portfolio now contains 
a diverse group of litigation and arbitration investments. 
These involve commercial, patent and multi-party cases 
across a variety of different jurisdictions. There are ongoing 
signs of growing competition in the US market, but market 
knowledge of litigation funding remains at a relatively early 
stage and so we consider there remain good prospects for 
the future growth of our US business.

Employees
At 30 June 2019, IMF employed 101 permanent staff, 65 
involved in the investment business of US and non-US and 
36 (2018: 27) in various corporate, finance, client service, 
information technology or support roles.

Operating and financial review (continued)
IMF commenced 26 new investments during the year and 
extended funding on a further 17 investments. The 18 new 
non-USA investments had a total Estimated Portfolio Value 
at 30 June 2019 of $1.7 billion. The eight new investments 
in the USA had an Estimated Portfolio Value of $1.0 billion 
at 30 June 2019. 

During the financial year, IMF concluded 18 investments 
(2018: 16). 11 were settled (2018: 11), there were two 
wins (2018: 0), four losses (2018: 2) and one withdrawal 
(2018: 2). Two investments are currently on appeal 
(2018: 2). 

While the Group has implemented a risk mitigation and 
diversification strategy by expanding its portfolio size, 
geographical focus and diversifying its product offering 
across jurisdictions, updates to its two largest residual 
balance sheet investments are below.

The trial in the Wivenhoe Dam class action concerns 
people who suffered loss in the Brisbane floods of 
2011, who allege the increased flooding was caused 
by the negligence of the dam operators. There is a 
participation agreement between IMF and the co-funder 
to share equally the costs (including any adverse costs) 
of and any return from this claim. The trial commenced 
on 4 December 2017 and has concluded with the 
judgment being reserved. 

The Westgem investment concerns a property developer 
alleging improper conduct in relation to loans for a 
property development by a bank. The trial commenced 
in March 2018 and concluded in July 2018. Judgment 
is reserved.

ROW
The Group’s operations, excluding the US, funded 18 new 
investments (2018: 15) in the non-US jurisdictions during 
the reporting period. Since 2001, there have been a total 
of 204 funded investments, with 43 current investments 
at year end. 

8 non-US investments were resolved during the year 
(2018: 9), one of which was a loss (2018: 1), and one 
withdrawn (2018: 2). There is currently one case on 
appeal (2018: 1). Gross income generated from these 
investments during the current financial year was 
$17.4 million (2018: $47.2 million). 

The non-US investment business now employs 42 staff 
(2018: 28) including investment managers and legal 
counsel. The investment managers are all former senior 
litigation attorneys, each with between 15 to 25 years’ 
legal experience. This enables significant case analysis to 
be performed in-house, whilst providing great networks 
to attract new business. 

61

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Operating and financial review (continued)

Operating results for the financial year
The following summary of operating results reflects the Group’s performance for the year ended 30 June 2019:

Shareholder Returns

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)

Return on assets (NPAT/average assets)

Return on equity (NPAT/average equity)

Net debt/equity ratio %*

2019

2018

(25.00)

(25.00)

(5.8%)

(8.2%)

n/a

(6.40)

(6.40)

(1.7%)

(2.7%)

n/a

* 

 Net debt (cash and short term deposits less total debt) is positive as cash and short term deposits are greater than total debt.

A summary of the impact of investment completions and impairment on the profit and loss for FY2019 is below:

Date 
commenced

Estimated 
portfolio 
value

Total 
litigation 
contract 
income

Total 
litigation 
contract 
expenses

Net gain/
(loss) on 
derecognition 
of intangible 
asset

Total 
overhead

$ ‘000

$ '000

$ '000

$ '000

$ '000

Direct balance sheet

402770

402709

402792

402479

401053

403209

403187

USA 0451

Other4

22 December 2015

28 June 2016

6 April 2016

29 September 2016

6 August 2009

22 February 2017

18 May 2017

15 December 2016

14,500

11,000

7,750

3,000

1,500

2,400

2,231

 – 

 – 

7,481

2,954

2,208

1,940

1,175

1,152

 – 

 – 

197

Total direct balance sheet investments

42,381

17,107

(2,727)

(1,338)

(1,508)

(1,508)

(298)

(272)

(203)

(836)

(1,308)

(9,998)

Funds 2 & 3

Fund 2/3 001 

Further recoveries on 
completed investments

Other4

Total Funds 2 & 3

18 October 2017

13,100

 –  

(981)

 –  

 –  

13,100

329

 –  

329

 –  

67

(914)

(723)

(154)

(286)

(327)

(804)

(48)

(46)

(149)

(73)

(2,610)

 –  

 –  

 –  

4,031

1,462

414

105

73

832

(249)

(985)

(1,184)

4,499

(981)

329

67

(585)

62

Directors’ ReportcontinuedOperating and financial review (continued)

Date 
commenced

Estimated 
portfolio 
value

Total 
litigation 
contract 
income

Total 
litigation 
contract 
expenses

Net gain/
(loss) on 
derecognition 
of intangible 
asset

Total 
overhead

$ ‘000

$ '000

$ '000

$ '000

$ '000

22 July 2017

22 June 2015

2 April 2018

30 September 2014

25 August 2017

31,257

2,155

18,473

42,623

19,536

8 December 2015

163,389

22 June 2015

20 May 2017

24 March 2017

42,623

3,809

93,756

 –  

 –  

417,621

473,102

Fund 1

USF 010

USF 026

USF 041

USF 020

USF 011

USF 031 

USF 025

USF 0042

USF 0023

Further recoveries on 
continuing investments

Other4

Total Fund 1

Overhead for Fund investments 
allocated on consolidation

Net loss on derecognition 
of intangible assets

Provision for impairment

Total loss on derecognition 
of intangible assets

3,464

1,912

2,813

4,218

2,906

 –  

 –  

273

 –  

1,999

 –  

17,585

35,021

(1,649)

(351)

(1,418)

(2,114)

(1,804)

(9,952)

(1,983)

(515)

(744)

(1,999)

(259)

(22,788)

(33,700)

35,021

(33,700)

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

(2,611)

1,815

1,561

1,395

2,104

1,102

(9,952)

(1,983)

(242)

(744)

 –  

(259)

(5,203)

(1,290)

(2,957)

(2,957)

(5,568)

(9,571)

(4,247)

(9,571)

35,021

(33,700)

(15,139)

(13,818)

The Group has finalised 192 (2018: 175) investments since listing, excluding withdrawals, with an average investment 
period of 2.6 years (2018: 2.6 years). The Group has generated a return on invested capital of 1.34 times (excluding 
overheads) (2018: 1.47 times) on invested capital. 

The investment portfolio as at 30 June 2019 has a mixture of both mature and new investments. The average age of the 
portfolio is 3.62 years.

1. 

2. 

3.  

 USA Investment 045 related to residual proceedings following a larger investment that completed via settlement in November 2014. Over the total 
life of the investment the Group invested $5.4 million and received $17.3 million in income, generating a ROIC of 2.2x.
 USA Fund Investment 004 consisted of an investment in a law firm portfolio. All cases in the portfolio have concluded and the portfolio completed. 
Over the total life of the investment the Group invested $1.0 million and received $0.8 million in gross proceeds, generating a (0.2)x ROIC.
 USA Fund investment 002 consisted of an ivestment in several proceedings. The funding agreement was terminated in the current period and 
accordingly the remaining investment was written off. Over the total life of the investment the Group invested $1.9 million and received $2.4 million 
in gross proceeds, generating a 0.3x ROIC.

4.  Other incidental expenses incurred in investment management and investigation. 

63

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Operating and financial review (continued)
IMF’s share price closed at $2.92 per share on 30 June 2019 (2018: $3.00). IMF entered the ASX top 300 companies on 
20 March 2009, when its share price was $1.15. Since entering the index, IMF has outperformed the major indices on an 
annualised basis from 30 June 2011 to 30 June 2019 as detailed below: 

IMF, ASX 200 & ASX All Ordinaries Annualised Returns - 30 June 2011 to 30 June 2019 

s
n
r
u
t
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
u
n
n
A

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

 IMF Bentham (Dividends Reinvested)

S&P/ASX 200 Total Return Index

ASX All Ordinaries Total Return

Annualised Return with 
Dividend Reinvestment

13.11%

7.94%

7.85%

Liquidity and capital resources

The consolidated Statement of Cash Flows illustrates that there was an increase in cash and cash equivalents for the 
year ended 30 June 2019 of $63.4 million (2018: increase of $9.9 million). Operating activities used $36.8 million of net 
cash outflows (2018: net cash outflow of $63.6 million), whilst cash flows used in investing activities were $80.9 million 
(2018: net cash outflow of $19.3 million), and financing activities raised $181.1 million (2018: $92.8 million) principally as 
a result of cash inflows from the issue of shares and bonds. 

64

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
 
Operating and financial review (continued)

Asset and capital structure

Cash and short term deposits

Total debt

Net debt

Total equity

Working Capital Ratio1

2019 
$’000

226,460 

(143,972)

82,488 

515,497 

2.2:1

2018 
$’000

Change 
%

160,231 

(120,462)

39,769 

367,836 

2.3:1

41%

20%

107%

40%

(5%)

In December 2018, the Company restructured the IMF Bentham Bonds, allowing the option for early redemptions of the 
bonds issued in April 2014 and issuing additional bonds with a face value of $100 each. 154,048 bonds were redeemed, 
and a further 414,048 bonds issued, with appropriate interest paid to maintain the effective interest rate. This brings the 
total Bonds on issue to 760,000. The IMF Bentham Bonds have a variable rate of interest based on the Bank Bill rate plus 
a fixed margin of 4.20% per annum, paid quarterly. The maturity date was extended from 30 June 2019 to 22 December 
2022, introducing a first issuer call date of 8 January 2022 with a step up in margin of 1.0% applying from 1 January 2022.

In April 2017, the Company issued 40,000 Fixed Rate Notes with a face value of $1,000 each raising $40 million to form a 
single series with the Notes issued in the prior financial year. In April 2016, the Company issued 32,000 Fixed Rate Notes 
with a face value of $1,000 each, raising $32 million. 

Interest of 7.4% per annum is payable to Noteholders half yearly. The Fixed Rate Notes are due to mature on 30 June 2020 
and are secured by a security interest over all present and after-acquired property of IMF. IMF had an early redemption 
option on these Notes at 30 June 2019, which has not been exercised.

Profile of debt
The profile of the Group’s debt finance is as follows:  

Current

IMF Bentham Bonds 

  Fixed Rate Notes

Non-current

IMF Bentham Bonds 

  Fixed Rate Notes

Total debt2

2019  
$’000

2018  
$’000

Change 
%

–

49,553

(100%)

71,455

71,455

72,517

–

72,517

–

49,553

–

70,909

70,909

143,972

120,462

100%

44%

100%

(100%)

2%

20%

1. 

2. 

 The working capital ratio is calculated by dividing current assets by current liabilities. The ratio is categorised as non-IFRS information prepared in 
accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 - Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, issued in December 2011. This information has not 
been audited or reviewed.

 Total debt is $148.0 million. $76.0 million relates to the IMF Bentham Bonds restructured in December 2018, while during the 2017 financial year, 
the Company issued Fixed Rate Notes to the value of $40.0 million to form a single series with $32.0 million issued in 2016. The carrying value of 
the debt is net of $4.0 million of unamortised transaction costs and debt premium (See Note 12).

65

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information   
 
Operating and financial review (continued)

Shares issued during the year
On 31 October 2018, the Company issued 
26,600,000 shares to sophisticated and institutional 
investors at $2.80 per share. On 16 November 2018, the 
Company issued 580,110 shares under its Share Purchase 
Plan at $2.80 per share.

Capital expenditure
There has been an increase in capital expenditure 
during the year ended 30 June 2019 to $0.4 million from 
$0.2 million in the year ended 30 June 2018. The capital 
expenditure in 2019 relates primarily to computer and 
office equipment while in the current year, new offices 
in Houston were fitted out.

Risk management
The Group’s major risk continues to be the choice of 
cases to be funded. The extent of the mitigation of that 
risk can best be identified by reference to the fact that in 
its 18 years of operation IMF has lost only 21 investments 
out of 192 investments funded and completed (excluding 
withdrawals). The Company has an investment protocol 
in relation to case selection and a rigorous due diligence 
process which ensures that only cases with very good 
chances of success are accepted for funding. The Group 
also insures a portion of the adverse costs order exposure 
in relation to investments on its own balance sheet and all 
investments in the RoW Funds are covered by an After-
The-Event insurance policy.

Another risk which requires constant management is 
liquidity. IMF’s strategic plan addresses this risk through 
the introduction of innovative fund structures reducing 
IMF’s direct capital exposure to potential investment 
losses. 

Although there is currently portfolio concentration 
risk associated with investments in the Wivenhoe and 
Westgem investments, the company’s diversification 
strategy has reduced this risk for future periods. There are 
83 investments in the current portfolio (2018: 75) with an 
average investment size of $5.1 million (2018: $4.3 million).

Additionally, IMF constantly monitors proposed legislative, 
regulatory, judicial and policy changes that may affect 
litigation funding in the markets in which it operates. On 
24 January 2019, the Australian Law Reform Commission 
(ALRC) released its Report resulting from its federal Inquiry 
into Class Action Proceedings and Third-Party Litigation 
Funders. The Report made a number of recommendations 
relating to case management for class actions, settlement 
approval, regulation of litigation funders, solicitors’ fees 
and conflicts of interest, regulatory redress and continuous 
disclosure obligations. We anticipate there will be further 
consultation before any legislation is considered but 

66

timing is unclear. IMF will continue to closely monitor and 
participate in future developments whenever possible.

The Victorian Law Reform Commission (VLRC) also 
published a Report on their Inquiry into Litigation Funding 
and Group Proceedings in June 2018. Following the 
publication of this Report, there does not appear to 
have been any significant developments. 

Commercial litigation funding in the US is now widely 
recognised and accepted. There is however, proposed 
federal legislation seeking mandatory disclosure of funding 
agreements in class actions and multi-district litigation. 
We continue to speak with and lobby the relevant parties 
as IMF believes that such disclosure is not in the best 
interests of claimants.

Third party funding of international arbitration and 
commercial litigation related to insolvency proceedings is 
expressly permitted in Singapore, while Hong Kong has 
only recently introduced a new framework for the funding 
of international arbitration. Commercial litigation unrelated 
to insolvency proceedings remains heavily restricted in 
Hong Kong.

IMF, like all businesses, faces the risk of damage to 
its reputation, name or brand which could materialise 
from various sources. The Group aspires to maintain 
an excellent reputation for strong risk management 
discipline, a client-centric approach and an ability to 
be flexible and innovative. The Group recognises the 
serious consequences of any adverse publicity or 
damage to reputation, whatever the underlying cause. 
We have various policies and practices to mitigate 
reputational risk, including strong values that are regularly 
and proactively reinforced. Strategic and reputational 
risk is mitigated as much as possible through detailed 
processes and governance involving escalation 
procedures from investment managers to management 
and from management to the board, and from regular, 
clear communication with shareholders, clients and all 
stakeholders. Whilst seeking to clearly differentiate itself in 
the industry, IMF may suffer indirect reputational damage 
from the actions of other participants that draw criticism 
of the industry more broadly.

Significant changes in the state of affairs
Total equity increased 40% to $515.5 million at 30 June 
2019 from $367.8 million at 30 June 2018. There have 
been no significant changes in the Company’s state 
of affairs during this reporting period other than as is 
disclosed in this report.

Significant events after reporting date
There have been no significant events after reporting date.

Directors’ ReportcontinuedLikely developments and expected results
Approximately 38% of the investment portfolio at 30 June 
2019 is anticipated to complete in FY19. (2018: 44%)

The estimated completion period is IMF’s current best 
estimate of the period in which the case may be finalised. 
The case may finalise earlier or later than the identified 
period for various reasons. Completion means finalisation 
of the litigation by either settlement, judgment or arbitrator 
determination, for or against the funded client. It may 
not follow that the financial result will be accounted for in 
the year of finalisation. Completion period estimates are 
prepared at case inception and reviewed and updated 
where necessary on a quarterly basis.

The Group does not provide forecasts in light of the 
difficulty in estimating the finalisation of its investments 
but provides an indication of its view of the possible 
completion dates and estimated recoverable amounts in 
the quarterly portfolio reports. 

IMF expects demand for its funding to continue in 
Australia, particularly as we are the leading funder in this 
market. The establishment of our subsidiaries in the United 
States of America, Canada and Singapore has resulted in 
increased funding opportunities. Competition, however, 
is increasing and is expected to increase further in the 
coming years with new entrants coming into the Australian 
market and new entrants in overseas markets. Litigation 
funding is considered non-cyclical or uncorrelated to 
underlying economic conditions. 

Environmental regulation and performance
The consolidated entity’s operations are not presently 
subject to significant environmental regulation under 
the respective local laws that IMF operates in.

Share options

Unissued shares
As at the date of this report there were 15,601,589 share 
performance rights on issue (2018: 14,355,887).

Indemnification and insurance of directors 
and officers
During the financial year the Company has paid premiums 
in respect of an insurance contract insuring all the directors 
and officers of the Group against any legal costs incurred 
in defending proceedings for conduct other than, amongst 
others:

(a)  wilful breach of duty; or

 (b)   contravention of sections 182 or 183 of the 

Corporations Act 2001, as may be permitted by 
section 199B of the Corporations Act 2001.

The total amount of premiums paid under the insurance 
contract referred to above was $678,000 during the 
current financial year (2018: $456,000).

Indemnification of auditors
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed 
to indemnify its auditors, EY, as part of the terms of its 
audit engagement against claims by third parties arising 
from the audit (for an unspecified amount). No payment 
has been made to indemnify EY during or since the 
financial year.

67

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Letter from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the Board of directors (“Board”) and as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present 
IMF’s 2019 Remuneration Report. 

Our five-year Strategic Business Plan initiated in 2015 resulted in IMF implementing a variable remuneration framework 
designed to align executive reward and shareholder value and to incentivise the achievement of our strategic vision over 
the longer term. The variable remuneration framework was developed to reflect industry standards and the structure 
is designed to ensure that Key Management Personnel (“KMP”), excluding non-executive directors, and executives are 
aligned to and rewarded for delivering sustained Group performance. Non-executive directors do not have a variable 
remuneration component.

We have continued to monitor our remuneration structure and policies and remain comfortable with the overarching 
framework introduced in 2015. 

The levels of fixed remuneration of the Group’s senior employees are reflective of the private practice professional services 
market within which IMF competes for talent. Investment managers are invariably at or around the partner level of legal 
practices prior to joining IMF. Under these remuneration arrangements, a material portion of staff remuneration is ‘at-risk’ 
and linked to both short-term and long-term performance.

The Group’s variable remuneration framework for KMP, senior executives and investment managers (collectively “Senior 
Staff”) consists of two components: 

 – a Short-Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) which provides for an annual cash payment, subject to the achievement of key 

financial and non-financial performance objectives; and

 – an equity-based Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) that provides for an annual grant of performance rights. Vesting 
of performance rights is contingent on performance against two metrics, positive relative Total Shareholder Return 
(“TSR”) and Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of the intangible asset balance (“Funds Deployed”), both 
measured over a three-year performance period. The LTIP is independent from the STIP and can be granted or 
vested even when there is no STIP for the period. 

The target STIP payment for the 2019 financial year was capped at 40% of an employee’s Total Fixed Remuneration 
(“TFR”). No STIP has been awarded to our senior staff for the current financial year, as a result of the Group’s financial loss 
for the year, notwithstanding the achievement of some major strategic milestones.

The LTIP for Senior Staff is designed to complement the STIP as a form of ‘at-risk’ remuneration tied to long-term 
performance for the key contributors to the business. The LTIP directly aligns shareholders’ and participants’ interests. 

We are pleased to report that the metrics assessed over the three-year vesting period, for the performance rights granted 
in FY2017, have been exceeded and we anticipate 100% vesting will occur.

The Board remains confident that IMF’s remuneration policies support the Group’s financial and strategic goals and we will 
continue to review the target metrics to ensure the consistent alignment of employees’ and business focus with those of 
shareholders. We are committed to transparency and an ongoing dialogue with shareholders on remuneration.

On behalf of the Board, I invite you to review the full report and thank you for your continued interest.

Yours faithfully

Michael Bowen 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

68

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
Remuneration Report (Audited)
This Remuneration Report outlines the director and KMP 
remuneration arrangements of the Group in accordance 
with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
and its Regulations. For the purposes of this report, KMP 
of the Group are defined as those persons having authority 
and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
major activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including 
any director (whether executive or otherwise) of IMF.

Key management personnel
Details of IMF’s Key Management Personnel for the 2019 
financial year are: 

(i)  Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director 

Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer

Hugh McLernon

Executive Director

Michael Bowen

Non-Executive Director

Wendy McCarthy

Non-Executive Director 
(resigned 21 November 2018)

Karen Phin 

Non-Executive Director

Christine Feldmanis

Non-Executive Director 
(appointed 1 November 2018)

(ii)  Executives

Clive Bowman

Chief Executive – Australia and Asia 

Charlie Gollow

Stuart Mitchell

Jeremy Sambrook

Chief Executive – USA  
(resigned 5 July 2019)

Chief Financial Officer 
(appointed 12 November 2018)

General Counsel and Company 
Secretary

Clive Bowman became the Global Chief Investment Officer 
effective from 1 July 2019. Charlie Gollow resigned with 
effect from 5 July 2019 and is now a member of our US 
Investment Committee. There were no other changes to 
IMF’s KMP after the reporting date and before the financial 
report was authorised for issue. 

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of directors of 
the Company is responsible for determining and reviewing 
remuneration arrangements for the Board and KMP.

The Remuneration Committee assesses the 
appropriateness of the nature and amount of the 
emoluments of the directors and KMP on a periodic basis 
by reference to relevant employment market conditions, 
with the overall objective of ensuring the best stakeholder 
benefit from the Board and KMP. 

Remuneration philosophy
The performance of the Group is heavily dependent upon 
the quality of its directors and KMP. Accordingly, the 
Company must attract, motivate and retain highly skilled 
directors and executives.

The Group embodies the following principles in its 
remuneration framework:
 – determination of appropriate market rates for the fixed 
remuneration component recognising that the majority 
of investment professionals are most comparable 
to partners in private practice professional services 
businesses; and

 – establishment of appropriate performance hurdles for 

the variable remuneration component.

Remuneration structure
In accordance with best practice corporate governance, the 
structure of non-executive director and KMP remuneration 
is separate and distinct. The STIP and LTIP are products 
of an external remuneration review that was conducted in 
2015 and are reflective of industry standards. The Board 
continues to monitor and assess the appropriateness 
of the remuneration structure. 

Non-executive director remuneration
Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect 
the demands which are made on, and the responsibilities 
of, the non-executive directors. Non-executive directors’ 
fees and payments totalled $506,247 (including 
superannuation), as disclosed in the following tables 
in this report. At the 2016 Annual General Meeting, 
shareholders approved payments up to $700,000  
to non-executive directors.

There are no retirement allowances for non-executive 
directors, nor do they participate in any incentive 
programs. Non-executive directors may, however, 
elect to have a portion of their remuneration paid 
into their personal superannuation plans.

Executive remuneration

Objective
The Company aims to reward executives with a level and 
mix of compensation elements commensurate with their 
position and responsibilities, within the following framework:
 – reward executives for Company and individual 
performance against targets set to appropriate 
benchmarks;

 – align the interests of executives with those of 

shareholders;

 – link rewards with the internal strategic goals of the 

Group; and

 – ensure total compensation is competitive by market 

standards.

69

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Structure
It is the Remuneration Committee’s policy that employment 
contracts are entered into with all KMP. Details of 
these contracts are provided below (see Executive 
Employment Contracts).

Compensation consists of the following key elements:

 – fixed remuneration consisting of base salary, 

superannuation and benefits; and

 – variable remuneration consisting of a cash 

component short term incentive plan (STIP) and 
performance right component long term incentive 
plan (LTIP).

Fixed remuneration
The levels of fixed remuneration of IMF’s senior employees 
are reflective of the private practice professional services 
market within which the Company competes for talent. 
Investment managers are invariably at or around the 
partner level of legal practices prior to joining IMF.

Fixed compensation is reviewed annually by the 
Remuneration Committee. The process consists of a 
review of Group and individual performance, relevant 
comparative compensation in the market and internally 
and, where appropriate, external advice on policies 
and practices. There have been no changes in the 
fixed remuneration for the senior employees for this 
financial year.

Variable remuneration

Objective
The objective of the variable compensation incentive 
is to reward executives in a manner that aligns this 
element of their compensation with the objectives and 
internal key performance indicators of the Group. The 
total potential incentive available is set at a level so as to 
provide sufficient incentive to the executive to achieve the 
operational targets and such that the cost to the Group is 
reasonable in the circumstances.

Structure

Short Term Incentive Plan
The purpose of STIP is to provide an annual ‘at-risk’ 
incentive to participants linked to the achievement of 
specific financial and non-financial performance objectives. 
The STIP performance measures were chosen as they 
reflect the core drivers of short - term performance and 
also provide a framework for delivering sustainable value 
to the Group, its shareholders and other stakeholders.

Key features of the STIP include:

 – Applicable employees will be eligible to be considered 
by the Remuneration Committee to participate in 
the STIP, which will be delivered as an annual cash 
payment.

70

 – Each participant will have their STIP opportunity 
expressed as a percentage of their total fixed 
remuneration.

 – At the beginning of the financial year, financial and 

non-financial performance objectives will be set with 
reference to an employee’s role and contribution to 
the Group. This encompasses areas such as growth, 
culture, strategic objectives, business development, 
staff and risk management.

 – At the end of the financial year, actual performance 
will be assessed against the pre-set financial and 
non-financial performance objectives set at the 
beginning of the year.

For 2019, the maximum STIP incentive is 40% of TFR. The 
STIP metrics set for the 2019 financial year were:

 – Target 1 – 50% of the STIP opportunity (or 20% of the 
employees’ salary) will be awarded to employees if 
the Group achieves 5% growth in net profit before tax 
(before bonus); and

 – Target 2 – 50% of the STIP opportunity (or 20% of 

the employees’ salary) will be awarded if employees 
achieve their non-financial objectives (which are set 
individually).

In financial years where no net profit before tax 
(before bonus) is achieved, it is at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee as to whether to pay STIP.

Long Term Incentive Plan
The LTIP complements the STIP as a form of ‘at-risk’ 
remuneration tied to long-term performance. The 
LTIP encourages equity ownership and directly aligns 
shareholders’ and participants’ interests.

Key features of the LTIP include:

 – Only key senior employees are eligible to participate in 
the LTIP. These will generally be investment managers 
and above.

 – Awards will be granted annually as performance rights 

over IMF ordinary shares. 

 – The LTIP opportunity will be expressed as a 

percentage of TFR.

 – The value of the LTIP opportunity is set at 60% of 
TFR calculated on face value by reference to IMF’s 
volume weighted average share price at the start 
of the applicable period. 

 – If elected prior to the start of the financial year, and 

with approval of the remuneration committee, senior 
executives have a one-off non reversible option of 
foregoing their STIP allocation and electing to receive 
100% of their at-risk remuneration in performance 
rights, under the same terms as the existing LTIP 
structure.

Directors’ ReportcontinuedRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)
 – Two performance metrics have been set and the performance rights, or a portion thereof, will vest in three years if:

 – Target 1 – TSR measurements will comprise 50% of the LTIP opportunity:

 – TSR must be positive overall between the issuance of the performance rights and the vesting date.
 – The Company’s TSR will then be compared to a peer group, at 30 June, which will include ASX-listed entities in 
the Diversified Financials industry group, which are between 50% and 200% of IMF’s market capitalisation.

 – The TSR component will vest in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

TSR Percentile Ranking

Percentage Vesting

Less than the 50th percentile

Equal to the 50th percentile

Nil vesting

50% vesting

Between the 50th and 75th percentile

Between 50% and 100%, determined on a straight-line basis

Equal to the 75th percentile or above

100% vesting

 – Target 2 – The Group will measure the compound annual growth rate of Funds Deployed which will comprise 50% 

of the LTIP opportunity:
 – CAGR of the Funds Deployed component will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

Funds Deployed CAGR

Percentage Vesting

Below 5% CAGR

At 5% CAGR

Nil vesting

50% vesting

Between 5% CAGR and 7% CAGR

Between 50% and 100%, determined on a straight-line basis

7% CAGR and above 

100% vesting

These performance conditions have been chosen to ensure the remuneration of executives are aligned with the Group’s 
strategy to increase the IMF portfolio, invest in future income and potential earnings capacity, and creation of shareholder 
wealth.

Group Performance
The objectives and philosophy of the Remuneration Committee are based upon aligning the performance of the Group’s 
employees with increasing value to shareholders. The graph on page 64 shows the performance of the Group as 
measured by its share price and compared to other shares listed on the ASX.

The following is a summary of the Group’s earnings per share (shown as cents per share) over the last five years:

IMF share price at 30 June

Earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
(cents per share)

2015

1.72 

3.78 

2016

1.53 

12.38 

3.78 

12.38 

2017

1.89 

9.04 

8.68 

2018

3.00 

(6.40)

2019

2.92 

(25.00)

(6.40)

(25.00)

Note, comparatives have not been restated for the impact of AASB 15 and AASB 9.

71

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information   – notice period by either the employee or the 

Company is 12 months; and

 – no other termination payment arrangements 

(excluding statutory entitlements) apply other than 
the notice period specified above.

Charlie Gollow, Chief Executive - USA:

 – contract commenced 22 April 2003;
 – gross salary package of $600,000 pa including 

superannuation;

 – salary to be reviewed annually, (2018: 0% increase);
 – notice period by the employee is 3 months and 6 

months’ notice by the Company; and

 – no other termination payment arrangements apply 
other than the notice periods specified above.

Stuart Mitchell, Chief Financial Officer:

 – contract commenced 12 November 2018;
 – gross salary package of $435,000 pa including 

superannuation;

 – salary to be reviewed annually;
 – notice period by either the employee or the 

Company is 6 months; and

 – no other termination payment arrangements apply 
other than the notice periods specified above.

Jeremy Sambrook, General Counsel and Company 
Secretary:

 – contract commenced 18 January 2016;
 – gross salary package of $350,000 pa including 

superannuation;

 – salary to be reviewed annually;
 – notice period by either the employee or the 

Company is 6 months; and

 – no other termination payment arrangements apply 
other than the notice periods specified above.

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Executive Employment Contracts

Andrew Saker, Managing Director and CEO:

 – contract commenced 5 January 2015;
 – gross salary package of $1,200,000 pa plus 

superannuation; 

 – salary may be reviewed by the Board from time 

to time; 

 – notice period by the employee is 12 months and 

6 months’ notice by the Company; and 

 – Upon termination on good terms, the following 
termination payment arrangements apply:

i. 

the notice periods specified above; 

ii.  12 months’ salary; and
iii.   statutory entitlements.

 – If termination occurs due to the provision of six 
months notice by IMF, or the provision of notice 
by Mr Saker in situations where either a material 
breach of his executive services agreement occurs, 
material diminution of Mr Saker’s role or if Mr Saker 
is unfit due to illness or injury then in addition to the 
above the following benefit is paid –

i.  A payment calculated by reference to the 
number of shares Mr Saker would have 
retained from any unvested performance rights 
multiplied by the 5-day VWAP calculated at 
the date such performance rights would have 
vested had they continued to be held.

Hugh McLernon, Executive Director:

 – contract commenced 1 July 2007;
 – gross salary package of $1,150,000 pa including 

superannuation;

 – salary to be reviewed annually, with the 2019 review 
determining there should be a 0% increase in 
salary (2018: 0% increase);

 – notice period by either the employee or the 

Company is 12 months; and

 – no other termination payment arrangements 

(excluding statutory entitlements) apply other than 
the notice period specified above.

Clive Bowman, Chief Executive – Australia and Asia:

 – contract commenced 1 July 2012;
 – gross salary package of $925,000 pa including 

superannuation;

 – salary to be reviewed annually, with the 2019 review 
determining there should be a 0% increase in 
salary (2018: 0% increase);

72

Directors’ ReportcontinuedRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

(a)  Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
Table 1: Remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2019

Short-term benefits

Salary & 
fees 
$ 

Cash
 bonus 
accrued1
 $ 

Post- 
employment

Long term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

 Super- 
 annuation 
 $ 

Leave 
entitle-
ments
 $ 

Share
performance
rights
 $ 

Total 
Remuneration
 $ 

Performance
related
 % 

205,384 
1,200,000 
1,129,469 
91,324 
39,182 
91,324 
56,912 

904,469 
579,469 
248,150 
379,469 
4,925,152 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

19,616 
20,531 
20,531 
8,676 
3,722 
8,676 
5,407 

– 
35,166 
(53,987)
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
693,946 
654,148 
– 
– 
– 
– 

20,531 
20,531 
14,153 
20,531 
162,905 

(40,211)
8,883 
5,831 
7,976 
(36,342)

462,775 
300,178 
39,510 
170,012 
2,320,569 

225,000 
1,949,643 
1,750,161 
100,000 
42,904 
100,000 
62,319 
– 
– 
1,347,564 
909,061 
307,644 
577,988 
7,372,284 

0%
36%
37%
0%
0%
0%
0%

34%
33%
13%
29%

2019

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin
Christine Feldmanis

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow
Stuart Mitchell
Jeremy Sambrook
Total

Table 2: Remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2018

Short-term benefits

 Salary & 
 fees 
 $ 

Cash
 bonus 
accrued1
 $ 

Post- 
employment

Long term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

 Super- 
 annuation 
 $ 

Leave 
entitle-
ments
 $ 

Share
performance
rights
 $ 

Total 
Remuneration
 $ 

Performance
related
 % 

2018

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Alden Halse
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow
Total

205,384 
1,200,000 
1,129,951 
82,192 
36,426 
82,192 
66,409 

904,951 
579,951 
4,287,456 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

19,616 
20,049 
20,049 
7,808 
3,460 
7,808 
6,309 

– 
24,741 
30,554 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
576,323 
543,456 
– 
– 
– 
– 

20,049 
20,049 
125,197 

33,561 
5,778 
94,634 

432,783 
280,723 
1,833,285 

225,000 
1,821,113 
1,724,010 
90,000 
39,886 
90,000 
72,718 
– 
– 
1,391,344 
886,501 
6,340,572 

1.  No bonus in respect of the 2019 financial year has been accrued for KMP (2018: $nil).

0%
32%
32%
0%
0%
0%
0%

31%
32%

73

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)
The following table outlines the proportion of maximum STIP earned by KMP in the 2019 financial year.

Andrew Saker1

Hugh McLernon1

Clive Bowman

Charlie Gollow

Stuart Mitchell

Jeremy Sambrook

Maximum 
STIP 
opportunity 
(% of TFR)

% of 
maximum 
earned

0%

0%

40%

40%

40%

40%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1 

elected to receive 100% of variable remuneration as LTIP.

In light of the financial performance of the Group, the Remuneration Committee has determined that no STIP is payable for 
the financial year.

(b) Share performance rights awarded, vested and lapsed during the year

 Tranche 1 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
year 
 Number 

Fair value of 
Tranche 1 
performance 
rights at 
grant date1
 $ 

 Tranche 2 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
year 
 Number 

Fair value of 
Tranche 2 
performance 
rights at 
grant date1
 $ 

 Total 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
financial 
year 
 Number 

 Value of 
performance 
rights 
granted 
during the 
year 
 $ 

Total 
performance 
rights 
vested 
during the 
year
Number 

 Value of 
performance 
rights 
remaining 
to be 
expensed to 
profit and 
loss  
$

Grant 
date

Vesting 
date

Expiry  
Date

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 205,405 

 1.35 

 205,405 

 2.43 

 410,810  21-Nov-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 776,431 

 543,588 

 704,427 

 193,535 

 1.35 

 193,535 

 2.43 

 387,070  21-Nov-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 731,562 

 512,688 

 663,789 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 93,402 

 1.60 

 93,402 

 2.67 

 186,804 

1-Jul-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 398,266 

 412,380 

 407,142 

 60,585 

 1.60 

 60,585 

 2.67 

 121,170 

1-Jul-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 258,334 

 267,490 

 264,091 

 27,798 

 1.60 

 27,798 

 2.67 

 55,596 

1-Jul-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 118,531 

–

 79,020 

2019

Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Hugh McLernon 

Michael Bowen

Wendy McCarthy

Karen Phin

Christine 
Feldmanis

Executives

Clive Bowman

Charlie Gollow

Stuart Mitchell

Jeremy Sambrook

 35,341 

 1.60 

 35,341 

 2.67 

 70,682 

1-Jul-2018 30-Jun-2021 1-Jul-2033

 150,694 

 144,890 

 154,053 

Total

 616,066 

 616,066 

 1,232,132 

 2,433,818 

 1,881,036 

 2,272,522 

1. 

 The fair value of performance rights is determined at the time of grant as prescribed in AASB 2. For details on the valuation of performance rights, 
including models and assumptions used, refer to Note 24.

74

Directors’ ReportcontinuedRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

 Tranche 1 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
year 
 Number 

Fair value of 
Tranche 1 
performance 
rights at 
grant date1
 $ 

 Tranche 2 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
year 
 Number 

Fair value of 
Tranche 2 
performance 
rights at 
grant date1
 $ 

 Total 
performance 
rights 
awarded 
during the 
financial 
year 
 Number 

 Value of 
performance 
rights 
granted 
during the 
year 
 $ 

Total 
performance 
rights 
vested 
during the 
year
Number

 Value of 
performance 
rights 
remaining 
to be 
expensed to 
profit and 
loss  
$

Grant  
date

Vesting  
date

Expiry  
Date

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 210,052 

 0.948 

 210,052 

 1.720 

 420,104  24 Nov 2017 30 Jun 2020 1 Jul 2032

 560,419 

 474,580 

 621,941 

 197,992 

 0.948 

 197,992 

 1.720 

 395,984  24 Nov 2017 30 Jun 2020 1 Jul 2032

 528,243 

 447,604 

 586,375 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 159,255 

 0.948 

 159,255 

 1.720 

 318,510  24 Nov 2017 30 Jun 2020 1 Jul 2032

 424,892 

 360,030 

 471,650 

 103,300 

 0.948 

 103,300 

 1.720 

 206,600  24 Nov 2017 30 Jun 2020 1 Jul 2032

 275,604 

 233,532 

 305,935 

 670,599 

 670,599 

 1,341,198 

 1,789,158 

 1,515,746 

 1,985,901 

2018

Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Hugh McLernon 

Michael Bowen

Alden Halse

Wendy McCarthy

Karen Phin

Executives

Clive Bowman

Charlie Gollow

Total

1. 

 The fair value of performance rights is determined at the time of grant as prescribed in AASB 2. For details on the valuation of performance rights, 
including models and assumptions used, refer to Note 24.

(c)  Share performance right holdings of Key Management Personnel

2019

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin
Christine Feldmanis

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow
Stuart Mitchell
Jeremy Sambrook

Total

 Balance  
1 July 2018 
 Number 

 Granted as 
remuneration 
 Number 

 Performance 
rights 
exercised 
 Number 

 Balance  
30 June 2019 
 Number 

 Exercisable 
 Number 

 Not 
exercisable 
 Number 

 – 
1,438,271 
1,356,276 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
410,810 
387,070 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
1,849,081 
1,743,346 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,090,920 
707,622 
 – 
323,466 

186,804 
121,170 
55,596 
70,682 

 – 
 – 
 – 
(58,058)

4,916,555 

1,232,132 

(58,058)

1,277,724 
828,792 
55,596 
336,090 
6,090,629 

 – 
1,018,167 
960,292 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

772,410 
501,022 
 – 
144,890 

 – 
830,914 
783,054 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

505,314 
327,770 
55,596 
191,200 

3,396,781 

2,693,848 

75

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

2018

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Alden Halse
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow

Total

 Balance 
1 July 2017 
Number 

 Granted as 
remuneration 
 Number 

 Performance 
rights 
exercised 
 Number 

 Balance 
30 June 2018 
Number 

 Exercisable 
 Number 

 Not 
exercisable 
 Number 

 – 
 1,018,167 
 960,292 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 420,104 
 395,984 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 772,410 
 501,022 

 318,510 
 206,600 

 3,251,891 

 1,341,198 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 1,438,271 
 1,356,276 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 474,580 
 447,604 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 963,691 
 908,672 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,090,920 
 707,622 

 360,030 
 233,532 

 730,890 
 474,090 

 4,593,089 

 1,515,746 

 3,077,343 

(d) Shareholdings of Key Management Personnel

2019

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin
Christine Feldmanis

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow
Stuart Mitchell
Jeremy Sambrook

Total

Balance
1 July 2018

Received as 
remuneration

Share 
performance 
rights exercised

Net change 
other1

Balance  
30 June 2019

307,692 
163,506 
5,299,045 
1,009,264 
– 
23,256 
– 

533,172 
467,058 
– 
8,298 

7,811,291 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
58,058 

58,058 

5,357 
5,357 
(194,643)
10,714 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(58,058)

(231,273)

313,049 
168,863 
5,104,402 
1,019,978 
– 
23,256 
– 

533,172 
467,058 
– 
8,298 
7,638,076 

1.  Net change other relates to shares subscribed for or transacted on market. 

76

Directors’ ReportcontinuedRemuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

2018

Directors
Michael Kay
Andrew Saker
Hugh McLernon
Michael Bowen
Alden Halse
Wendy McCarthy
Karen Phin

Executives
Clive Bowman
Charlie Gollow

Total

Balance
1 July 2017

Received as 
remuneration

Share 
performance 
rights exercised

Net change 
other1

Balance  
30 June 2018

307,692
158,317
5,299,045
977,234
879,780
 – 
 – 

533,172
467,058

8,622,298

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
5,189
 – 
32,030
 – 
 – 
23,256

307,692
163,506
5,299,045
1,009,264
879,780
 – 
23,256

 – 
 – 

533,172
467,058

60,475

8,682,773

1.  Net change other relates to shares subscribed for or transacted on market. 

All equity transactions with KMP other than those arising from the exercise of share performance rights have been entered 
into under terms and conditions no more favourable than those the Group would have adopted if dealing at arm’s length.

(e)  Loans to Key Management Personnel
There have been no loans provided to KMP in 2019 (2018: nil).

(f)  Transactions with Key Management Personnel
During the year the Group obtained legal advice from DLA Piper, a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, totalling 
$499,176 (2018: $470,272). The legal advice was obtained at normal market prices. IMF engages a number of different 
law firms for its external legal advice and hence the relationship with DLA Piper is not exclusive. Michael Bowen does 
not participate in any board decisions to appoint external counsel when DLA Piper is being considered for engagement. 
Refer to Note 27. 

– End of Remuneration Report –

77

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Directors’ Meetings
The number of meetings of directors held during the period under review and the number of meetings attended by each 
director were as follows:

Total number of meetings held: 

Meetings Attended:

M Kay

A Saker 

H McLernon

M Bowen

W McCarthy

K Phin

C Feldmanis

Board
Meetings 

Project Sub-
Committee 
Meetings

Audit 
and Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Corporate 
Governance 
Committee

15

15

15

13

15

3

15

12

5

5

51

–

–

–

2

3

2

2

22

–

2

1

2

1

2

2

12

12

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

–

1

–

1

1

2

2

22

–

2

1

2

1

Committee membership
The Company has an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration Committee, a Nomination Committee and a Corporate 
Governance Committee. Directors acting on committees of the board during the year were as follows:

Audit and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Corporate Governance Committee

C Feldmanis4 (Chair)

M Bowen (Chair)

M Kay

K Phin 

M Bowen

W McCarthy3

M Kay

K Phin 

C Feldmanis4

W McCarthy3

M Kay (Chair)5

C Feldmanis4

M Bowen

K Phin 

A Saker

W McCarthy3

K Phin (Chair)6

M Kay

M Bowen 

C Feldmanis4

W McCarthy3

1.  Mr Saker attended 2 meetings as a member of the committee and 3 meetings by invitation.

2.  Attended by invitation.

3. 

4. 

 Ms McCarthy retired as a director on 21 November 2018. Ms McCarthy retired as Chair of the Nomination Committee and the Corporate 
Governance Committee and as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and Remuneration Committee on the same date. During FY19, 
Ms McCarthy attended all meetings for which she was eligible.

 Ms Feldmanis was appointed as a director on 1 November 2018 and was appointed to the Audit & Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee, 
Nomination Committee and Corporate Governance Committee on the same date. Ms Feldmanis became Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
on 4 April 2019. During FY19, Ms Feldmanis attended all meetings for which she was eligible.

5.  Mr Kay was appointed as Chair of the Nomination Committee on 20 June 2019.

6.  Ms Phin was appointed as Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee on 4 April 2019.

The Project Sub-Committee heading is an amalgam of the various Project Sub-Committees appointed by the board 
through the year. The purpose of the project sub-committees is to progress strategic matters intra-board meetings 
and to spread the workload evenly across the non-executive board members. The Project Sub-Committees have been 
chaired by Michael Kay and vary as to the other non-executive directors participants.

78

Directors’ Reportcontinued 
 
Rounding
The amounts contained in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding is applicable) 
where noted ($000) under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191. The 
Company is an entity to which this legislative instrument applies. 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
EY, the Company’s auditors, have provided a written independence declaration to the directors in relation to its audit of the 
Financial Report for the year ended 30 June 2019. This Independence Declaration which forms part of this report, can be 
found at page 80.

Non-audit services
The directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by EY to the Group is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The nature and scope of each type of non-
audit service provided means that auditor independence was not compromised.

EY received or are due the following amounts for the provision of non-audit services:

 – Tax compliance services and other non-audit services: nil (2018: $60,000).

Corporate Governance
The Company has an extensive Corporate Governance Manual which enables the Company to interact with its clients 
and the public in a consistent and transparent manner. For further information on corporate governance policies and 
procedures adopted by the Company please refer to our website http://www.imf.com.au/shareholders/corporate-
governance.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

Michael Kay 
Chairman 

Perth, 21 August 2019

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director

79

Directors’ ReportcontinuedIMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  Auditor’s 
Independence 
Declaration

Ernst & Young 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth  WA  6000  Australia 
GPO Box M939   Perth  WA  6843 

  Tel: +61 8 9429 2222 
Fax: +61 8 9429 2436 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of IMF Bentham 
Limited 

  Tel: +61 8 9429 2222 
Fax: +61 8 9429 2436 
ey.com/au 

Ernst & Young 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth  WA  6000  Australia 
GPO Box M939   Perth  WA  6843 

As lead auditor for the audit of IMF Bentham Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, I declare 
to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of IMF Bentham 
Limited 

relation to the audit; and 

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

As lead auditor for the audit of IMF Bentham Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2019, I declare 
This declaration is in respect of IMF Bentham Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial 
to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 
year. 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit; and 

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

Ernst & Young 
This declaration is in respect of IMF Bentham Limited and the entities it controlled during the financial 
year. 

Robert A Kirkby 
Partner 
21 August 2019 
Ernst & Young 

Robert A Kirkby 
Partner 
21 August 2019 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

80

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:083 

RK:DA:IMF:083 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Continuing Operations

Interest revenue

Other revenue

Net (loss)/gain on derecognition of intangible assets

Other income

Total Income

Finance costs

Depreciation expense

Employee benefits expense

Corporate and office expense

Other expenses 

Loss Before Income Tax

Income tax benefit

Net Loss for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Other Comprehensive Income

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss:

  Movement in foreign currency translation reserve

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit and loss:

 Movement in foreign currency translation reserve attributed to  
non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income net of tax

Total Comprehensive Income for the Year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Consolidated

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Note

2

2

3

4

5(a)

5(b)

5(c)

5(d)

5(e)

6

7

26

4,181 

114 

(4,247)

5,686 

5,734 

117 

676 

28,541 

12,773 

11,289 

(47,662)

(11,514)

(36,148)

2,299 

 – 

16,307 

4,524 

23,130 

86 

621 

22,055 

7,212 

1,516 

(8,360)

(513)

(7,847)

(36,098)

(50)

(11,017)

3,170 

(1,810)

6,027 

12,533 

10,723 

(25,425)

–

6,027 

(1,820)

(38,008)

12,583 

(4,990)

3,170 

Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company (cents per share)

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

7

7

(25.00)

(25.00)

(6.40)

(6.40)

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

81

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
Statement of 
Financial Position

as at 30 June 2019

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Litigation contract and other receivables

Contract costs

Other assets

Income tax receivable

Total Current Assets

Non-Current Assets

Plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Contract costs

Other assets

Deferred tax assets

Total Non-Current Assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Debt securities

Other liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Non-Current Liabilities

Provisions

Debt securities

Deferred income tax liabilities

Total Non-Current Liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

Consolidated

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Note

12

16

17

18

19

10

17

18

6

20

21

13

21

13

6

226,460 

16,866 

939 

1,901 

1,116 

160,231 

25,690 

 – 

1,411 

5,455 

247,282 

192,787 

1,112 

1,332 

426,977 

321,268 

5,400 

9,324 

18,848 

461,661 

708,943 

23,992 

15,192 

71,455 

915 

111,554 

432 

72,517 

8,943 

81,892 

193,446 

515,497 

 – 

11,509 

12,355 

346,464 

539,251 

18,047 

14,656 

49,553 

658 

82,914 

277 

70,909 

17,315 

88,501 

171,415 

367,836 

14

15(b)

15(a)

26

205,558 

127,630 

893 

12,494 

218,945 

296,552 

16,110 

48,592 

192,332 

175,504 

515,497 

367,836 

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

82

 
Statement of 
Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Consolidated

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

Note

Cash flows from operating activities 

Payments to suppliers and employees 

Interest income 

Interest paid 

Income tax received/(paid) 

(35,625)

4,308 

(8,938)

3,459 

Net cash flows used in operating activities 

9

(36,796)

(44,316)

2,225 

(8,303)

(13,231)

(63,625)

Cash flows from investing activities 

Proceeds from litigation funding contracts – settlements, fees and reimbursements 

Payments for litigation funding contracts – external costs 

Payments for litigation funding contracts – capitalised overhead and employee costs 

Purchase of plant and equipment 

Loans made to third parties 

Net cash flows used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid 

Proceeds from issue of shares 

Payments for costs of issuing shares 

Proceeds from issue of debt 

Payments for costs of issuing debt 

Contributions from non-controlling interests 

Distributions to non-controlling interests 

Payments for fund establishment costs 

Receipts for reimbursement of fund establishment costs 

Net cash flows from financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents held 

Net foreign exchange difference 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

43,179 

94,893 

(116,851)

(106,999)

(6,826)

(6,419)

(364)

 – 

(236)

(521)

(80,862)

(19,282)

 – 

(8,093)

76,105 

(2,327)

26,000 

(3,016)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

121,844 

114,855 

(28,299)

(10,331)

1,117 

(9,694)

(4,226)

 – 

181,093 

92,842 

63,435 

2,794 

9,935 

5,405 

160,231 

144,891 

12

226,460 

160,231 

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

The comparative information has been restated to reclassify $4,226,000 of payments for fund establishment costs from 
investing activities to financing activities.

83

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Statement of 
Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2019

Share 
based 
payments 
reserve
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Issued 
capital
$’000

Option 
premium 
reserve
$’000

Convertible  
note 
reserve
$’000

Fund 
equity 
reserve 
$’000

Retained 
earnings
$’000

Non-
controlling 
interests
$’000

Total
$’000

Total 
equity
$’000

CONSOLIDATED

As at 1 July 2018

127,630 

15,251 

1,383 

3,404 

3,832 

(7,760)

48,592 

192,332 

175,504 

367,836 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income

Total Comprehensive 
Income for the Year

Equity Transactions:

Proceeds from shares 
issued

Transaction costs 
associated with share 
issue, net of tax

Share based payments

Contributions from non-
controlling interests

Distributions to non-
controlling interests

Changes in the 
proportion of equity 
held by non-controlling 
interests

Transaction costs 
– disposal of non-
controlling interests, 
net of tax

 – 

 – 

 – 

76,105 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(766)

2,589 

 – 

2,498 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1,810)

(1,810)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(36,098)

(36,098)

(50)

(36,148)

 – 

 – 

(1,810)

12,533 

10,723 

 – 

(36,098)

(37,908)

12,483 

(25,425)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

76,105 

 – 

76,105 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(766)

5,087 

 – 

 – 

(766)

5,087 

 – 

121,844 

121,844 

 – 

(28,299)

(28,299)

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

(15,905)

 – 

(15,905)

15,905 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(885)

(885)

As at 30 June 2019

205,558 

17,749 

(427)

3,404 

3,832 

(23,665)

12,494 

218,945 

296,552 

515,497 

As at 1 July 2017

123,654 

5,962 

(4,644)

3,404 

3,832 

 – 

71,679 

203,887 

2,366 

206,253 

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive 
income

Total Comprehensive 
Income for the Year

Equity Transactions:

Dividend paid

Share based payments

Shares issued under the 
Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan

Contributions from non-
controlling interests

Distributions to non-
controlling interests

Changes in the 
proportion of equity 
held by non-controlling 
interests

Transaction costs 
– disposal of non-
controlling interests, 
net of tax

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,976 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

9,289 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

6,027 

6,027 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(11,017)

(11,017)

3,170 

(7,847)

 – 

6,027 

 – 

6,027 

 – 

(11,017)

(4,990)

3,170 

(1,820)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(12,070)

(12,070)

 – 

9,289 

 – 

 – 

(12,070)

9,289 

 – 

3,976 

 – 

3,976 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

175,017 

175,017 

(9,694)

(9,694)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(7,760)

 – 

(7,760)

7,760 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3,115)

(3,115)

As at 30 June 2018

127,630 

15,251 

1,383 

3,404 

3,832 

(7,760)

48,592 

192,332 

175,504 

367,836 

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

84

Notes to the 
Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2019

About this Report
The financial report of IMF Bentham Limited (“IMF”,“the 
Company” or “the Parent”) and its subsidiaries (“the 
Group” or “consolidated entity”) for the year ended 
30 June 2019 was authorised for issue in accordance 
with a resolution of the directors on 21 August 2019.

IMF Bentham Limited (ABN 45 067 298 088) is a for profit 
company incorporated and domiciled in Australia and 
limited by shares that are publicly traded on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX code: IMF). 

IMF Bentham Limited is not economically dependent on 
any other entity. 

This section sets out the basis upon which the Group’s 
Financial Statements are prepared. Specific accounting 
policies are described in the respective notes to the 
Financial Statements. This section also shows information 
on new or amended accounting standards and 
interpretations and their impact on the financial position 
and performance of the Group.

a. Basis of preparation
The financial report is a general purpose financial 
report, which has been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, 
Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a 
historical cost basis.

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars, being 
the functional currency of the Parent.

The amounts contained within this report have been 
rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding is 
applicable) under the option available to the Company 
under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191.

b. Compliance with IFRS 
The financial report also complies with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board.

c.  New and amended accounting standards 

and interpretations adopted during the year

Except for the effect of adopting new and amended 
accounting standards and interpretations effective from 1 July 
2018, described below, the accounting policies adopted are 
consistent with those of the previous financial year. 

The Group applied AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers (“AASB 15”) and AASB 9 Financial 
Instruments (“AASB 9”) for the first time. The nature 
and effect of the changes resulting from the adoption of 
these new accounting standards are described below. 

Several other amendments and interpretations were 
applied for the first time in 2019 but did not have a 
significant impact on the consolidated financial statements 
of the Group. The Group has not early adopted any new or 
amended accounting standard or interpretation issued but 
not yet effective.

AASB 9 and consequential amendments to other 
Australian Accounting Standards
AASB 9 replaces AASB 139 Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement (“AASB 139”) for annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, bringing 
together all three aspects of the accounting for financial 
instruments: classification and measurement; impairment; 
and hedge accounting.

The Group has applied AASB 9 retrospectively from 1 July 
2018 and elected not to restate comparative information. 

In applying AASB 9 the Group concluded the following: 

 – The Group’s financial assets consist of cash, short 
term deposits, litigation receivables and other short-
term receivables. The Group classified its receivables 
and other financial assets as loans and receivables 
under AASB 139 and measured these financial assets 
at amortised cost. Under AASB 9, the financial assets 
are classified as financial assets at amortised cost. 
This classification reflects the Group’s business model, 
of which its objective is holding financial assets is to 
collect contractual cash flows and those cash flows 
give rise on specified dates and are solely payments 
of interest and principal outstanding. The change 
in classification did not result in any measurement 
adjustments on transition to AASB 9;

 – The Group’s financial liabilities include short term 
accounts payable and interest-bearing debt. No 
changes to the carrying values or classification were 
made on transition to AASB 9; 

 – The Group does not apply hedge accounting and has 

no hedges in place; 

 – The Group has no financial instruments measured 
at fair value through the profit or loss and has not 
elected to classify any financial instruments at fair value 
through the profit or loss; 

 – The Group held its receivables and other financial 

assets at amortised cost under AASB 139 and these 
were classified as loans and receivables. Under 
AASB 9, the financial assets are classified as financial 
assets at amortised cost. This classification reflects 
the Group’s business model, of which its objective in 
holding financial assets is to collect contractual cash 
flows and those cash flows give rise on specified 
dates and are solely payments of interest and principal 
outstanding; and

85

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Prior to the adoption of AASB 15 and the consequential 
amendments to AASB 138, AASB 138 required the Group 
to recognise net income on disposal of its intangible 
assets with the proceeds on disposal measured in 
accordance with AASB 118. After the amendment, AASB 
138 requires the proceeds on disposal of intangible 
assets to be recognised and measured in accordance 
with the requirements of AASB 15. In this regard, the 
date of disposal of an intangible asset is now the date 
that the recipient obtains control of the intangible asset 
in accordance with the requirements for determining 
when a performance obligation is satisfied in AASB 15. 
The amount of consideration to be included in the gain 
or loss arising from the derecognition of an intangible 
asset is determined in accordance with the requirements 
for determining the transaction price under AASB 15. 
Subsequent changes to the estimated amount of the 
consideration included in the gain or loss are accounted 
for in accordance with the requirements for changes in 
the transaction price in AASB 15.

Further detail of the new accounting policy applicable to 
litigation contracts in progress can be found in Note 10.

Following the adoption of AASB 15, the Group has entered 
into management services agreements with Fund investors 
and will derive revenue from customer contracts. The 
accounting policy for revenue recognition can be found 
in Note 2. 

Transition impact
The Group adopted AASB 15 using the modified 
retrospective method of adoption. At the date of initial 
application, 1 July 2018, the adoption of AASB 15 did not 
have a material effect on the Group and no adjustment 
was taken to opening retained earnings as at 1 July 2018. 
There was no material impact of applying AASB 15 and 
the consequential amendments to AASB 138 in the current 
year. In applying the consequential amendments to AASB 
138 relating to the disposal of intangible assets, the Group 
did not apply the amended Standard to litigation contracts 
derecognised prior to the date of initial application of 
the amended Standard consistent with the transitional 
provisions of AASB 15 using the modified retrospective 
method of adoption.

About this Report (continued)
 – The adoption of AASB 9 has changed the Group’s 

accounting for impairment losses of financial assets by 
replacing AASB 139’s incurred loss approach with a 
forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. 
Upon transition to AASB 9 no material variance in asset 
values stated under the new ECL approach to previous 
book values were noted as the litigation receivables 
had either immaterial expected credit losses assessed 
due to the credit quality of the debtor or had already 
assumed an amount equal to the life-time expected 
credit losses where there was a material movement in 
the receivables credit risk. In addition, expected credit 
losses on cash and cash equivalents were deemed 
to be immaterial as cash deposits are short term, less 
than 90 days and with AA rated banks. Accordingly, 
no adjustment was required. 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
and consequential amendments to other Australian 
Accounting Standards
The Group adopted AASB 15 with effect from 1 July 
2018. AASB 15 outlines a single comprehensive model 
of accounting for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers and supersedes the revenue recognition 
requirements that are included in other Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations, in particular AASB 118 
Revenue (“AASB 118”). 

AASB 15 moves from a “risks and rewards” model of 
revenue recognition under AASB 118 to a “control” model 
of revenue recognition. Set out below are the key impacts 
arising from the adoption of the new standard applicable 
to the Group’s litigation contracts in progress. 

The Group adopted AASB 15 using the modified 
retrospective method (see below). At the date of initial 
application of AASB 15, 1 July 2018, the Group had no 
material contracts falling directly within the scope of 
AASB 15. The Group’s Litigation Contracts in Progress 
do not fall directly within the scope of AASB 15 as they 
are collaborative arrangements and there is no customer/
vendor relationship established within the contract. 
However, AASB 15 is relevant to the Group due to the 
consequential amendments to AASB 138 Intangible Assets 
(“AASB 138”) relating to the disposal of intangible assets. 

The Group’s Litigation Contracts in Progress are classified 
as intangible assets. Litigation Contracts in Progress are 
derecognised when the Group disposes of the intangible 
asset. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of 
Litigation Contracts in Progress are measured as the 
difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the 
profit or loss as other income. 

86

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedAbout this Report (continued)
d.  New and amended accounting standards and 
interpretations issued but not yet effective
The following accounting standards relevant to the 
Company and/or the Group have been issued but are not 
yet effective and have not been applied in these financial 
statements.

AASB 16 Leases (“AASB 16”)
AASB 16 was issued in January 2016 and it replaces 
AASB 117 Leases, AASB Interpretation 4 Determining 
whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, AASB 
Interpretation-115 Operating Leases – Incentives and 
AASB Interpretation 127 Evaluating the Substance of 
Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease. 

AASB 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, 
measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and 
requires lessees to account for all leases under a single 
on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting for 
finance leases under AASB 117. The standard includes two 
recognition exemptions for lessees – leases of “low value” 
assets (e.g. personal computers) and short-term leases (i.e. 
leases with a lease term of 12 months or less). AASB 16 
does not define “low value assets” in monetary terms and 
whilst assets that are “low value” to one entity may not be 
for another, the IASB has noted that it had in mind that 
typically low value assets value would be US$5,000 or less 
(circa A$7,150). The Group has considered this threshold 
appropriate when applying the standard.

At the commencement date of a lease, a lessee will 
recognise a liability to make lease payments (i.e. the lease 
liability) and an asset representing the right to use the 
underlying asset during the lease term (i.e. the right-of-use 
asset). Lessees will be required to separately recognise the 
interest expense on the lease liability and the depreciation 
expense on the right-of-use asset.

Lessees will be also required to remeasure the lease 
liability upon the occurrence of certain events (e.g. 
a change in the lease term, a change in future lease 
payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used 
to determine those payments). The lessee will generally 
recognise the amount of the remeasurement of the lease 
liability as an adjustment to the right-of-use asset.

Lessor accounting does not apply to the Group as it has 
no assets that it provides to third parties under lease 
agreements.

AASB 16, which is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2019, requires lessees and lessors to 
make more extensive disclosures than under AASB 117.

Transition to AASB 16
The Group has leases of office space, car parking and 
office equipment (printers) that fall within the scope of 
AASB 16.

In accordance with AASB 16, the Group plans to apply 
AASB 16 retrospectively with the cumulative effect of 
initially applying the Standard to be recognised at the date 
of initial application, being 1 July 2019, as an adjustment 
to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other 
component of equity, as appropriate) and shall not restate 
comparative information.

On transition the Group intends to measure the right of 
use assets as if the Standard had been applied since 
commencement and using the Group’s incremental 
borrowing rate at the date of initial application of 
the Standard.

The Group applied the requirements in C8(b)(ii) of AASB 
16 and measured the right of use assets as if the standard 
has been applied since commencement and using the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

The only practical expedient the Group will elect to use 
is the practical expedient of hindsight when determining 
lease terms where contracts contain a right to extend or 
terminate. 

During 2019, the Group has performed an impact 
assessment of AASB 16 and found it will not have a 
material impact on the Group’s equity on transition. 

AASB Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax 
Treatments (“Interpretation 23”)
Interpretation 23 is applicable for reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and therefore will be 
effective for the Group for its reporting period beginning 
1 July 2019. Interpretation 23 clarifies the application of 
the recognition and measurement criteria in AASB 112 
Income Taxes where there is uncertainty over income 
tax treatments. It requires assessment of each uncertain 
tax position as to whether it is probable that a taxation 
authority will accept the position. Where it is not probable, 
the effect of the uncertainty will be reflected in determining 
the relevant taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused tax 
losses, unused tax credits or tax rates. The amount will 
be determined as either the single most likely amount 
or the sum of the probability weighted amounts in a 
range of possible outcomes, whichever better predicts 
the resolution of the uncertainty. Judgements will be 
reassessed as and when new facts and circumstances 
come to light. The Group is in the process of assessing 
the impact of Interpretation 23 and is not yet able to 
reasonably estimate the impact on its financial statements.

87

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019About this Report (continued)

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting 
and relevant amending standards
The revised Conceptual Framework was issued by the 
AASB in May 2019 and applies to the Group for the 
financial year beginning 1 July 2020. It includes some new 
concepts, provides updated definitions and recognition 
criteria for assets and liabilities and clarifies some important 
concepts. It is arranged in eight chapters, as follows:

 – Chapter 1 – The objective of financial reporting
 – Chapter 2 –  Qualitative characteristics of useful 
financial information

 – Chapter 3 –  Financial statements and the 
reporting entity

 – Chapter 4 – The elements of financial statements
 – Chapter 5 – Recognition and derecognition
 – Chapter 6 – Measurement
 – Chapter 7 – Presentation and disclosure 
 – Chapter 8 –  Concepts of capital and capital 
maintenance

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework 
in IFRS Standards has also been issued, which sets 
out the amendments to affected standards in order to 
update references to the revised Conceptual Framework. 
The changes to the Conceptual Framework may affect 
the application of IFRS in situations where no standard 
applies to a particular transaction or event. In addition, 
relief has been provided in applying IFRS 3 and developing 
accounting policies for regulatory account balances 
using IAS 8, such that entities must continue to apply 
the definitions of an asset and a liability (and supporting 
concepts) in the 2010 Conceptual Framework, and not 
the definitions in the revised Conceptual Framework. The 
Group is in the process of assessing the impact of the 
changes and is not yet able to reasonably estimate the 
impact on its financial statements.

e. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the 
financial statements of IMF Bentham Limited and its 
subsidiaries as at 30 June 2019. Control is achieved when 
the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns 
from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to 
affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The Group includes fund investment vehicles over which 
IMF Bentham Limited has the right to direct the relevant 
activities of the fund under contractual arrangements and 
has exposure to variable returns from the fund investment 
vehicles. See Note 26. 

The financial results of the subsidiaries are prepared for the 
same reporting period as the Company, using consistent 
accounting policies.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without 
a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. 

88

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all 
intercompany balances and transactions, income and 
expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group 
transactions have been eliminated in full.

f. Foreign currency 
The Group’s consolidated financial statements are 
presented in Australian dollars, which is also the Parent’s 
functional currency. For each entity, the Group determines 
the functional currency and items included in the financial 
statements of each entity are measured using that 
functional currency. The Group uses the direct method of 
consolidation and on disposal of a foreign operation, the 
gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the 
amount that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by 
the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency 
spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for 
recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are translated at the functional 
currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. 

Differences arising on settlement or translation of 
monetary items to the Company’s functional currency are 
recognised in profit or loss except for monetary items that 
are designated as part of the hedge of the Group’s net 
investment of a foreign operation. These are recognised 
in other comprehensive income until the net investment 
is disposed of, at which time, the cumulative amount 
is reclassified to profit or loss. Tax charges and credits 
attributable to exchange differences on those monetary 
items are also recorded in other comprehensive income.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of 
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. 
Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the 
date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss 
arising on translation of non-monetary items measured 
at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of gain 
or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation 
differences on items whose fair value gain or loss is 
recognised in other comprehensive income or profit or 
loss are also recognised in other comprehensive income 
or profit or loss, respectively).

Group companies
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign 
operations are translated into Australian dollars at the 
rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their 
statements of profit or loss are translated at exchange rates 
prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The exchange 
differences arising on translation for consolidation purposes 
are recognised in other comprehensive income. On 
disposal of a foreign operation, the component of other 
comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign 
operation is recognised in profit or loss.

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedSignificant Accounting Judgments, 
Estimates and Assumptions

g.   Significant accounting judgments, 

estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements requires management to make judgments, 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts in the financial statements. Management 
continually evaluates its judgments and estimates in 
relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues 
and expenses. Management bases its judgments on 
historical experience and on other factors it believes to 
be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of 
which form the basis of the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions and conditions. In connection with 
the Group’s funds where the Group does not own 100% 
of the entity in question, the Group makes judgements 
about whether it is required to consolidate such entities 
by applying the factors set forth in the relevant accounting 
standards, including but not limited to the Group’s equity 
and economic ownership interest, the economic structures 
in use in the entity, the level of control the Group has over 
the entity through the entity’s structure or any relevant 
contractual agreements, and the rights of other investors.

Management has identified the following critical accounting 
policies for which significant judgments have been made 
as well as the following key estimates and assumptions 
that have the most significant impact on the financial 
statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates 
under different assumptions and conditions and may 
materially affect financial results or the financial position 
reported in future periods.

Further details of the nature of these assumptions and 
conditions may be found in the relevant notes to the 
financial statements.

Taxation
The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires 
management’s judgment in assessing whether deferred tax 
assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are recognised on 
the Statement of Financial Position. Deferred tax assets, 
including those arising from tax losses, capital losses and 
temporary differences, are recognised only where it is 
considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, 
which is dependent on the generation of sufficient future 
taxable profits. 

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits 
depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows 
as contained in the Group’s yearly budget. These depend 
on estimates of future income, operating costs, capital 
expenditure, dividends and other capital management 
transactions. Judgments and assumptions are also 
required about the application of income tax legislation. 

These judgments and assumptions are subject to risk 
and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes 
in circumstances will alter expectations, which may 
impact the amount of deferred tax assets and deferred 
tax liabilities recognised in the Statement of Financial 
Position and the amount of other tax losses and temporary 
differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, 
some or all of the carrying amounts of recognised deferred 
tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting 
in a corresponding credit or charge to the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Intangible Assets – Litigation Contracts in Progress
Litigation Contracts in Progress are recognised as an 
intangible asset in the financial statements of the Group as 
the litigation contract does not give rise to an unconditional 
right to receive cash. Rather, it provides the Group with a 
right to a share of litigation proceeds which may be in the 
form of cash or other non-financial assets.

Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill
The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each 
reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to 
the Group and to the particular asset that may lead 
to impairment. This includes an assessment of each 
individual Litigation Contract In Progress as to whether it is 
likely to be successful, the cost and timing to completion 
and the ability of the defendant to pay upon completion. 
If an impairment trigger exists the recoverable amount 
of the asset is determined. This involves value in use 
calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates 
and assumptions (refer to Note 10).

Share based payments
Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions 
requires determination of the most appropriate valuation 
model, which depends on the terms and conditions of 
the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the 
most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including 
the expected life of the share performance right, volatility 
and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. 
For the measurement of the fair value of equity-settled 
transactions with employees at the grant date, the Group 
uses the Monte-Carlo simulation model for Tranche 1 
grants, and the Black-Scholes model for Tranche 2 grants. 
The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value 
for share-based payment transactions are disclosed in 
Note 24.

Long service leave provision
As discussed in Note 21, the liability for long service leave 
is recognised and measured at the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows to be made in respect of all 
employees at balance date. In determining the present 
value of the liability, attrition rates and pay increases 
through promotion and inflation have been taken into 
account. 

89

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Provision for adverse costs
The Group raises a provision for adverse costs when it 
has lost a litigation funding contract investment which it 
has funded. When an investment is lost and an appeal is 
lodged, the Group still raises a provision. The provision 
raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of 
adverse costs it will have to remit following consultation 
with external advisors. 

Measurement of non-controlling interests (“NCI”)
Profits and losses are allocated to non-controlling interests 
in line with the allocation of profit distributions under the 
terms of the respective agreements. Therefore, at the end 
of each reporting period, the allocation of non-controlling 
interests will be represented by the non-controlling 
shareholders’ share of net assets, as would be distributed 
under the agreements. 

h. Reclassification adjustment
The comparative information has been restated to 
reclassify a foreign exchange gain of $4,311,000 from 
Other revenue to Other income to ensure consistency with 
the presentation in the current financial year.

A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

Note 1:  Segment information
The Group only operates in one industry, being investing 
in litigation funding. For management purposes, the Group 
is organised into operating segments comprising wholly 
owned operations and the Group’s fund structures. 

 – The Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries own historical 

litigation in progress investments and provide 
investment management advisory and administration 
services to the Group’s fund structures in the following 
locations: 
 – Australia
 – United States
 – Canada
 – Asia
 – EMEA (Europe, Middle East, Africa)
 – The Group’s Fund structures include: 

 – Fund 1 – This comprises Bentham IMF 1 LLC, 

Security Finance 1 LLC and HC 1 LLC. The Fund 
invests in litigation investments in the United States; 

 – Rest of World (RoW) Funds – This comprises 

IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd and IMF Bentham 
(Fund 3) Pty Ltd. These two entities jointly invest in 
litigation investments outside the United States;

 – Fund 4 – This structure invests in litigation 

investments in the United States. It consists of 
a series of parallel investing entities comprising 
Bentham Investments 1 LP; Bentham Investments 
2 LP; Bentham Investments 3 LP; Bentham 
Investments 4 LP; Bentham Investments 5 LP; 

90

Bentham Investments 6 LP; Bentham Investments 
7 LP; Bentham Investments 8 LP; Bentham 
Investments 9 LP; Security Finance 2 LLC and 
Bentham HPCR LP.

 – ROW Fund 5 was launched on 20 June 2019. 

The operating segment relating to this Fund was 
immaterial at 30 June 2019 and therefore not 
included separately below.

For Fund 1 and ROW Funds the non-controlling interest 
is comprised of an equity interest which carries an 
entitlement to receive a capped priority return on drawn 
capital and a further preferred return on committed but 
undrawn capital. IMF retains control and ownership of 
the Funds via its equity interests. Upon satisfaction of the 
non-controlling interests’ priority returns, IMF is entitled to a 
manager return. After satisfaction of the priority return and 
the manager returns, the residual net cash flows are to be 
distributed (i) for the Fund 1: 85% to IMF and 15% to the 
non-controlling interests: (ii) for the RoW Funds, 80% to IMF 
and 20% to non-controlling interests.

For Fund 4 the non-controlling interest is comprised of an 
equity interest which, together with IMF’s interest, carries 
an entitlement to receive a maximum capped hurdle return 
on invested capital. IMF retains control and ownership of 
the Funds via its equity interest. IMF is entitled to a periodic 
management fee and transactional based performance fee.

Intersegment revenue comprises interest revenue on 
intercompany loans and management fees. 

Intercompany interest revenue is recognised in accordance 
with AASB 9 using the effective interest method. 

The intercompany management fee revenue earned during 
the year was derived from management and advisory 
agreements between the group entities. The consideration 
received is determined by reference to costs plus a 
percentage mark-up. The revenue is recognised over the 
period in which costs are incurred as it is deemed that 
the Group transfers control of the management services 
over this period and, therefore, satisfies its performance 
obligations and recognises revenue over time.

Adjustments and eliminations
Certain finance and overheads costs are not allocated 
to individual segments as the underlying expenses are 
incurred within wholly owned operations. These costs are 
capitalised into litigation funding contracts on consolidation 
of the Group. The associated tax effect accounting for 
these items are also managed on a Group basis and not 
allocated to the individual segments. 

Inter-segment revenues and expenses are eliminated 
on consolidation and reflected in the “adjustments and 
eliminations” column.

Adjustments made in the balance sheet include 
adjustments to non-current assets to eliminate 
intercompany loans and investments in subsidiaries on 
consolidation.

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 1:  Segment information (continued)
Inter-segment revenues and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Wholly owned operations

Funds

Consolidation

Australia 
$’000

United 
States 
$’000

Canada 
$’000

Asia 
$’000

EMEA 
$’000

Total 
Subsidiaries 
$’000

Fund 1 
$’000

Fund 4 
$’000

ROW 
Funds 2&3 
$’000

Total 
Funds 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

Summarised statement 
of profit or loss for 2019

Interest revenue

Inter-segment

Performance fee revenue

Management fee revenue

Net gain/(loss) on 
derecognition of intangible 
assets

Other income

Total Income

3,469 

3,420 

 – 

 – 

5,949 

4,526 

 – 

 – 

 – 

114 

(931)

904 

4 

 – 

 – 

3,473 

6,409 

2,541 

1,865 

14,235 

 – 

 – 

(410)

603 

 – 

 – 

 – 

99 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(33)

55 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

114 

4,608 

(5,203)

6,099 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

653 

708 

 – 

4,181 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(14,235)

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

114 

(854)

(6,057)

(2,798)

(4,247)

(73)

(73)

(340)

5,686 

17,364 

87 

6,606 

2,640 

1,832 

28,529 

(5,148)

(274)

(5,422)

(17,373)

5,734 

Expenses

46,957 

20,436 

3,657 

1,636 

1,678 

74,364 

6,636 

(Loss)/profit before tax

(29,593)

(20,349)

2,949 

1,004 

Income tax

9,118 

6,546 

(651)

Net (loss)/profit 

(20,475)

(13,803)

2,298 

(137)

867 

154 

(33)

121 

(45,835)

(11,784)

14,843 

(69)

(30,992)

(11,853)

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the 
parent

(20,475)

(13,803)

2,298 

867 

121 

(30,992)

(11,838)

Non-controlling interests

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(15)

42 

(42)

 – 

(42)

(7)

(35)

671 

7,349 

(28,317)

53,396 

(945)

(12,771)

10,944 

(47,662)

218 

149 

(3,478)

11,514 

(727)

(12,622)

7,466 

(36,148)

(727)

(12,572)

7,466 

(36,098)

 – 

(50)

 – 

(50)

Wholly owned operations

Funds

Consolidation

Australia 
$’000

United 
States 
$’000

Canada 
$’000

Asia 
$’000

EMEA 
$’000

Total 
Subsidiaries 
$’000

Fund 1 
$’000

Fund 4 
$’000

ROW 
Funds 2&3 
$’000

Total 
Funds 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

Summarised statement 
of financial position as 
at 30 June 2019

Cash

132,409 

Other current assets 

21,251 

137 

868 

176 

98 

7 

132,827 

49,680 

5,627 

38,326 

93,633 

 – 

226,460 

1,451 

2,577 

1,856 

28,003 

 – 

 – 

740 

740 

(7,921)

20,822 

Intangible assets

142,276 

7,304 

3,595 

Other non-current assets

190,349 

84,529 

1,466 

 – 

8 

 – 

7 

153,175  194,252 

28,456 

34,043 

256,751 

17,051 

426,977 

276,359 

16,544 

(1)

9,294 

25,837 

(267,512)

34,684 

Total assets 

486,285 

92,838 

6,688 

2,683 

1,870 

590,364  260,476 

34,082 

82,403 

376,961 

(258,382)

708,943 

Current liabilities 

105,736 

4,155 

949 

76 

102 

111,018 

2,313 

2,839 

4,239 

9,391 

(8,855)

111,554 

Non-current liabilities

106,275 

38,249 

7,005 

2,570 

1,617 

155,716 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(73,824)

81,892 

Total liabilities 

212,011 

42,404 

7,954 

2,646 

1,719 

266,734 

2,313 

2,839 

4,239 

9,391 

(82,679)

193,446 

Net assets

274,274 

50,434 

(1,266)

37 

151 

323,630  258,163 

31,243 

78,164 

367,570 

(175,703)

515,497 

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

274,274 

50,434 

(1,266)

Contributed equity – NCI

Earnings – NCI

Total equity

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

274,274 

50,434 

(1,266)

37 

 – 

 – 

37 

151 

323,630 

55,635 

5,793 

9,590 

71,018 

(175,703)

218,945 

 – 

 – 

 –  185,242 

25,485 

58,639

269,366

 – 

17,286

(35)

9,935

27,186

 – 

 – 

269,366

27,186

151 

323,630  258,163 

31,243 

78,164 

367,570 

(175,703)

515,497 

91

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1:  Segment information (continued)

Wholly owned operations

Funds

Consolidation

Australia 
$’000

United 
States 
$’000

Canada 
$’000

Asia 
$’000

EMEA 
$’000

Total 
Subsidiaries 
$’000

Fund 1 
$’000

Fund 4 
$’000

ROW 
Funds 2&3 
$’000

Total 
Funds 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

Summarised statement 
of profit or loss for 2018

Interest revenue

Inter–segment

Performance fee revenue

Management fee revenue

Net gain/(loss) on 
derecognition of intangible 
assets

Other income

Total Income

2,282 

46,372 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

13,362 

(3,424)

8,149 

(117)

70,165 

(3,541)

9 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(62)

157 

104 

Expenses

29,173 

15,895 

2,376 

Profit/(loss) before tax

40,992 

(19,436)

(2,272)

Income tax

1,948 

1,820 

501 

Net profit/(loss) 

42,940 

(17,616)

(1,771)

Attributable to:

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

36 

36 

763 

(727)

133 

(594)

Equity holders of the parent

42,940 

(17,616)

(1,771)

(594)

Non–controlling interests

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,291 

46,372 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

9,876 

1,178 

8,225 

(1)

66,764 

1,177 

 – 

48,207 

35 

18,557 

1,142 

4,402 

(36)

22,959 

1,106 

22,959 

 – 

 – 

1,106 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

8 

 – 

 – 

 – 

8 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,299 

(46,372)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,979 

4,157 

2,274 

16,307 

17 

16 

(3,717)

4,524 

3,004 

4,181 

(47,815)

23,130 

 – 

90 

55 

(16,807)

31,490 

2,949 

4,091 

(31,008)

(8,360)

(885)

(921)

(2,968)

513 

2,064 

3,170 

(33,976)

(7,847)

 – 

 – 

(33,976)

(11,017)

2,064 

3,170

 – 

3,170 

Wholly owned operations

Funds

Consolidation

Australia 
$’000

United 
States 
$’000

Canada 
$’000

Asia 
$’000

EMEA 
$’000

Total 
Subsidiaries 
$’000

Fund 1 
$’000

Fund 4 
$’000

ROW 
Funds 2&3 
$’000

Total 
Funds 
$’000

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations 
$’000

Consolidated 
$’000

Summarised statement 
of financial position as 
at 30 June 2018

Cash

132,100 

987 

1,057 

101 

Current assets 

21,486 

3,595 

127 

Intangible assets

111,614 

8,815 

1,383 

Non-current assets

113,224 

40,650 

48 

Total assets 

378,424 

54,047 

2,615 

Current liabilities 

78,145 

1,264 

273 

Non-current liabilities

84,320 

(1,738)

6,393 

Total liabilities 

162,465 

(474)

6,666 

(7)

– 

1 

95 

58 

804 

862 

Net assets

215,959 

54,521 

(4,051)

(767)

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

215,959 

54,521 

(4,051)

(767)

Contributed equity – NCI

Earnings – NCI

Total equity

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

215,959 

54,521 

(4,051)

(767)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

134,245 

10,096 

25,201 

3,408 

121,812  178,049 

153,923 

15,695 

435,181 

207,248 

79,740 

1,000 

89,779 

(1)

169,519 

999 

265,662  206,249 

265,662 

59,298 

–  143,681

– 

3,270

265,662  206,249 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

15,890 

25,986 

13,341

160,231 

5,104 

8,512 

(1,157)

32,556 

8,066 

186,115 

–

321,263 

11,139 

26,834 

(155,561)

25,196 

40,199 

247,447 

(143,377)

539,251 

3,331 

4,331 

(1,157)

82,914 

8 

7 

(1,285)

88,501 

3,339 

4,338 

(2,442)

171,415 

36,860 

243,109 

(140,935)

367,836 

8,307 

67,605 

(140,935)

192,332 

25,936

169,617

2,617

5,887

– 

– 

169,617

5,887

36,860 

243,109 

(140,935)

367,836 

92

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1:  Segment information (continued)
Geographically, other income and net gain/(loss) on derecognition of intangible assets can be represented geographically 
as follows:

Australia

United States

Canada

EMEA

Asia

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

9,900 

(7,270)

(1,062)

(100)

(29)

2018 
$’000

14,185 

3,969 

1,825 

(18)

870 

Total other income and net gain/(loss) on derecognition of intangible assets

1,439 

20,831 

The Group earned 99% (2018: 99%) of its interest revenue in Australia. 

The above comparative information has been restated to reclassify a foreign exchange gain of $4,311,000 from Other 
revenue to Other income to ensure consistency with the presentation in the current financial year.

Non-current assets, excluding financial assets, can be represented geographically as follows:

Australia

United States

Canada

EMEA

Asia

Net exposure

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

161,758 

243,604 

15,585 

659 

6,482 

2018 
$’000

116,631 

211,776 

5,717 

48 

783 

428,088 

334,955 

93

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 2:  Revenue

(i) Interest revenue
Revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate 
that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying 
amount of the financial asset.

Interest received from National Australia Bank Ltd of $966,659 (2018: $473,453), Bankwest of $346,121 (2018: $339,473), 
and Westpac Banking Group Ltd of $2,936,244 (2018: $1,384,320) contributed more than 99% of the Group’s bank 
interest revenue (2018: 99%).

(ii) Management fee revenue (policy applied from 1 July 2018)
The management fee revenue earned during the year was derived from Investment Management Agreements with the 
investors in Fund 4. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the service is transferred to 
the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those 
services. The consideration receivable is considered to be variable consideration and determined with reference to the 
net invested capital attributable to the Investor’s accounts. The revenue is recognised over the period in which there is 
net invested capital in the fund as the Group transfers control of the services over this period and, therefore, satisfies 
its performance obligations over time. Variable consideration is recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that 
a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur.

Revenue

Interest revenue calculated using effective interest rate method

Revenue from contracts with customers – Management fee revenue

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

4,181 

114 

4,295 

2,299 

–

2,299 

Note 3:  Net (loss)/gain on derecognition of intangibles assets
Net (loss)/gain on derecognition of intangibles assets is derived from the disposal of the Group’s Litigation Contracts 
in Progress. The accounting policy for Litigation Contracts in Progress is outlined in Note 10.

Net (loss)/gain on derecognition of intangible assets

Litigation funding contracts – settlements, fees and reimbursements

Litigation funding contracts – derecognition of intangible (successful investments)1

Litigation funding contracts – derecognition of intangible (unsuccessful investments)2

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

35,021 

(22,432)

(16,836)

(4,247)

71,223 

(49,591)

(5,325)

16,307 

 This balance includes costs related to the Group’s derecognition of litigation contracts intangibles on cases that have settled or been won. 

 This balance includes costs related to the Group’s derecognition of litigation contracts intangibles on (i) cases lost by the Group, (ii) cases not 
pursued by the Group due to the cases not meeting the Group’s required rate of return, and (iii) any adverse costs provision raised when a litigation 
contract in progress has been lost.

1. 

2. 

94

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 4:  Other Income 

Other income

Foreign exchange gain

Other income 

Note 5:  Expenses

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

4,269 

1,417 

5,686 

4,311 

213 

4,524 

Finance costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition and development of a qualifying asset (i.e. an asset that necessarily 
takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale) are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. 
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that 
the Group incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds. Detailed information is provided in Note 13.

Deprecation
The depreciation policy is disclosed in Note 19.

Employee benefits
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of 
the reporting period. These benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses. Liabilities 
in respect of employees’ services rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of 
the periods in which the employees render the related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. These 
liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made to the employees using the 
projected unit credit method. Liabilities expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the period in which 
the employees render the related services are classified as short-term benefits and are measured at the amount due to 
be paid.

Share based payments
Share based payment policy is disclosed in Note 24.

Impairment of intangible assets
The policy for intangible assets is disclosed in Note 10.

95

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
Note 5:  Expenses (continued) 

(a) Finance costs

  Other finance charges

(b) Depreciation

  Depreciation expense

(c) Employee benefits expense

  Wages and salaries

  Superannuation expense

  Directors' fees

  Payroll tax

  Share based payments

  Long service leave provision

(d) Corporate and office expense

Insurance expense

  Network expense

  Marketing expense

  Occupancy expense

  Professional fees expense

  Recruitment expense

  Travel expense

(e) Other expenses

  ASX fees

  General expenses

  Amortisation of contract costs

  Postage, printing and stationery

  Repairs and maintenance

  Share registry costs

  Staff training, development and conferences

Impairment of intangible assets

96

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

117 

86 

676 

621 

19,459 

1,509 

464 

1,898 

5,266 

(55)

14,758 

1,305 

486 

1,346 

4,134 

26 

28,541 

22,055 

1,203 

903

1,381 

1,244 

5,723 

995 

1,324 

12,773

201 

661 

235 

481 

32

31 

77 

9,571 

11,289 

885 

745 

1,455 

1,119 

1,556 

576 

876 

7,212 

103 

435 

–

385 

7 

95 

491 

– 

1,516 

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
Note 6:  Income tax

Income tax
Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the 
taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount 
are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided for using the full liability balance sheet method. 

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except:

 –   when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 

transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting 
profit nor taxable profit or loss; or

 –   when the taxable temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint 
ventures, and the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the 
temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets 
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible 
temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

 –   when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 
an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither 
the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or

 –   when the deductible temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in 

joint ventures, in which case a deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary 
difference will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
difference can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has 
become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income are recognised in equity and not in profit 
or loss.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same 
taxation authority.

Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except:

 –  when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which 

case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item, as applicable; 
and

 –  receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or 
payables in the Statement of Financial Position.

97

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 6:  Income tax (continued) 
Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part 
of cash flows from operating activities.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation 
authority.

Statement of Comprehensive Income

The major components of income tax expense are:

Current income tax

  Current income tax charge

  Adjustment in respect of current income tax expense of previous year

  Payment/(refund) of foreign state-based taxes

  Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

  Other

Deferred tax:

  Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

  Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

  Change in federal tax rate in United States

  Adjustment in respect of deferred income tax of previous year

  Other

Income tax benefit reported in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Deferred income tax related to items charged or credited directly to equity

  Deferred tax associated with share based payments

  Deferred tax associated with transaction costs recognised in equity

Income tax expense reported in equity

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

(14,354)

24 

254 

14,910 

(108)

3,367

(14,910)

 – 

(592) 

(105)

(11,514)

(1,112)

(1,049)

(2,161)

(7,882)

2,598 

(130)

9,993 

 – 

3,217 

(9,993)

4,000 

(2,233)

(83)

(513)

(3,775)

(1,427)

(5,202)

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit before income multiplied by the Group’s 
applicable income tax rate is as follows:

Accounting loss before income tax

At the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2018: 30%)

  Adjustment in respect of income and deferred tax of previous years

  Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes

  Non-assessable income

  Foreign tax rate adjustment

  State income tax 

  Change in federal tax rate in the United States

  Relating to origination of temporary differences not previously recognised

  Other

Income tax benefit reported in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

98

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

(47,662)

(14,298)

(568)

3,940

 – 

2,154 

(1,539)

 – 

(874)

(329)

(11,514)

2018 
$’000

(8,360)

(2,508)

365 

787 

(400)

(132)

(1,241)

4,000 

(1,262)

(122)

(513)

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 6:  Income tax (continued) 

Deferred income tax at 30 June 2019 relates to the following:

CONSOLIDATED

Deferred income tax liabilities

Intangibles

  Accrued interest & unrealised foreign exchange differences

  Receivables

  Other

Statement of 
Financial Position

Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

38,348 

32,880 

(5,468)

(3,469)

3 

38 

 –  

87 

 –  

5 

84 

(38)

5 

46 

 –  

5 

Gross deferred income tax liabilities

38,389 

32,972 

(5,417)

(3,418)

Deferred income tax assets

  Net operating losses

  Accruals and provisions/bond raising costs

  Share based payments

  Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

Gross deferred income tax assets

Net deferred income tax liabilities

Foreign deferred tax assets

  Accruals and provisions

Intercompany

  Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

16,204 

4,257 

6,750 

2,235 

29,446 

8,943 

4 

28 

212 

4,575 

4,467 

4,275 

2,340 

15,657 

17,315 

115 

538 

–

11,628 

(210)

1,363 

(1,154)

11,627 

(111)

(510)

212 

  Share based payments

4,398 

2,700 

1,698 

 Deferred tax assets – Foreign net operating losses – 
federal and state

Deferred tax assets

14,206 

18,848 

9,002 

12,355 

Movements in foreign currency exchange

Deferred tax benefit 

5,204 

6,493 

12,703 

(463)

12,240 

4,575 

(1,060)

 –  

1,430 

4,945 

36 

(30)

(1,475)

372 

5,087 

3,990 

5,517 

(425)

5,092 

The prior year comparative has been changed to remove the effects of equity transactions and reclassify the movements 
in foreign currency exchange.

Temporary differences and tax losses
At 30 June 2019 the Group had no (2018: nil) unrecognised temporary differences and tax losses.

Within the deferred tax assets relating to foreign net operating losses $14,206,000 (2018: $9,002,000) are amounts relating 
to carried forward tax losses of Bentham Holdings Inc (USA) of $13,350,000 (2018: $7,200,000) and Bentham IMF Capital 
Limited (Canada) of $856,000 (2018: 1,541,000). Both subsidiaries have incurred losses over the last two financial years 
following additional costs related to the Group’s expansion of activity and change in operations to a Fund management 
structure. Bentham Holdings Inc is expected to generate future taxable profits from the Fund structures in the United 
States and Bentham IMF Capital Limited has put in place Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements with its parent company, 
IMF Bentham Limited to enable it to generate future taxable profits from the services it provides in relation to the Group’s 
ROW Funds. The group has concluded that the deferred assets will be recoverable using the estimated future taxable 
income based on the approved budgets for the subsidiaries. Both subsidiaries are expected to generate taxable income 
from 2020 onwards. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and have no expiry date.

99

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Note 7:  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of 
servicing equity (other than dividends), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the 
financial year, adjusted for any bonus element. 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net profit attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted for:
 – costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);
 – the after-tax effect of interest dividends associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised; and
 – other non-discretionary changes in revenue or expenses during the period that would result from dilution of potential 

ordinary shares; 

 – divided by the weighted average number of shares and dilutive shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

At 30 June 2019, 15,601,589 performance rights (2018: 14,355,887) were on issue as detailed in Note 24. Upon meeting 
certain performance conditions over the three-year performance period, the vesting of each right will result in the issue 
of 1 ordinary share. The performance shares are contingently issuable and are therefore not considered dilutive.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic earnings per share computation:

(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

For basic and diluted earnings per share

Total net loss attributable to equity holders of the Parent 

(36,098)

(11,017)

(b) Weighted average number of shares

Number ‘000

2019

2018

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

194,897 

172,839 

Effect of dilution:

  Performance rights1

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

–

– 

194,897 

172,839 

1. 

 Performance rights granted under the Long Term Incentive Plan are only included in diluted earnings per ordinary share where the performance 
hurdles are met as at year end and they do not have an anti-dilutive effect. As at 30 June 2019, there were 9,768,040 performance rights calculated 
as meeting the performance criteria for inclusion in diluted earnings per share, however these were not included due to their anti-dilutive effect.

There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change 
the number of ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these financial 
statements.

(c) Information on the classification of securities

Options
As at 30 June 2019 there were no options issued over shares in the Company (2018: nil).

100

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
Note 8:  Dividends paid and proposed by IMF Bentham Limited (the parent entity)

(a)  Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid

Final dividend for 2018: nil cents per share (2017: 4.0 cents per share)

Interim dividend for 2019: nil cents per share (2018: 3.0 cents per share)

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

– 

– 

 – 

2018 
$’000

6,882 

5,188 

12,070 

The Directors have determined not to pay a final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2019. IMF Bentham Limited’s 
retained earnings are disclosed in Note 25.

(b) Franking credit balance

IMF Bentham Limited

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

The amount of franking credits for the subsequent financial year are:

– Franking account balance as at the end of the previous financial year at 30%

19,056 

10,239 

– Franking debits arising from the payment of last year's final dividend

– Franking debits arising from the payment of current year's interim dividend

 – 

–

(2,949)

(2,224)

–  Franking credits arising from the payment of income tax installments paid during 

1,644 

13,990 

the financial year

–  Franking credits that will arise from the refund of income tax receivable as at the end  

of the financial year

(c)  Tax rates
The tax rate at which paid dividends have been franked is 30% (2018: 30%). 

20,700 

19,056 

(5,934)

14,766 

(5,830)

13,226 

101

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 9:  Statement of cash flows reconciliation

Reconciliation of net profit after tax to net cash flows used in operations:

Net loss after tax

Adjustments for:

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

(36,148)

(7,847)

Net impact of the reclassification of litigation intangibles related cashflows to investing 
activities

73,672 

12,106 

Receipts for reimbursement of fund establishment costs 

Fund establishment costs in net loss after tax

Depreciation

Share based payments

Unrealised foreign exchange gain

Lease incentive adjustments

Changes in assets and liabilities

Decrease in receivables

Increase in other current assets

Increase in intangibles

Increase/(decrease) in trade creditors and accruals

Increase/(decrease) in provisions

Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax assets and liabilities

Increase/(decrease) in current income tax payable/(receivable)

Net cash used in operating activities

(i)  Disclosure of financing facilities
Refer to Note 12 and Note 13.

(1,117)

1,461 

676

6,952 

(3,535)

209 

–

–

621 

5,525 

(4,311)

(182)

1,393 

(490)

21,094 

(151)

(105,709)

(72,000)

5,945 

691 

14,865 

4,339 

(4,094)

(3,979)

(9,293)

(1,114)

(36,796)

(63,625)

(ii)  Significant non-cash financing transactions
During the year, there were no significant non-cash financing transactions. In 2018, an investment was made by one 
of the Group’s subsidiaries, through a combination of cash and a $60,352,000 increase in the non-controlling interest 
of the subsidiary.

102

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
B. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Note 10: Intangible assets

(a) Recognition and measurement

Litigation Contracts in Progress 
Litigation Contracts in Progress represent future economic benefits controlled by the Group. As Litigation Contracts in 
Progress may be exchanged or sold, the Group is able to control the expected future economic benefit flowing from the 
Litigation Contracts in Progress. Accordingly, Litigation Contracts in Progress meet the definition of intangible assets.

Litigation Contracts in Progress are measured at cost on initial recognition. Litigation Contracts in Progress are not 
amortised as the assets are not available for use until the determination of a successful judgment or settlement, at which 
point the assets are realised through disposal.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of Litigation Contracts in Progress are measured as the difference between 
the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the profit or loss when the asset 
is derecognised.

The following specific asset recognition and derecognition rules have been applied to Litigation Contracts in Progress:

(i) Actions still ongoing:
When litigation is ongoing and pending a determination, Litigation Contracts in Progress are carried at cost (subject to 
any provision for impairment). Subsequent and ongoing expenditure is capitalised when it meets all the following criteria:

(a)   the Group is able to demonstrate its ability to complete the litigation so that the asset will be available for use and 

the benefits embodied in the asset will be realised;

(b)  the Group retains control of the asset; 

(c)  the Group can demonstrate that it intends to complete the litigation;

(d)   the Group is able demonstrate the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete 

the litigation; 

(e)   the Group can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the life of the Litigation 

Contracts In Progress; and

(f)  Impairment is considered in line with policy described in (c) Impairment testing of intangible assets.

(ii) Successful completion:
Prior to AASB 15, where the litigation had been determined in favour of the Group or a positive settlement agreed, 
it constituted a derecognition of the intangible asset and accordingly a gain or loss was recognised in the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

Any future costs relating to the defence of an appeal by the defendant are expensed as incurred.

On adoption of AASB 15, where the litigation has been finally determined in favour of the client or a positive settlement has 
been agreed, this constitutes a disposal transaction and a gain or loss on disposal of the intangible asset is recognised 
in the Statement of Comprehensive income. Control of the intangible asset is considered to be transferred as follows: 

 – For judgements, typically after a judgement has been determined in favour of the Group and the relevant appeal 

periods have expired, subject to the circumstances of the case; and

 – For settlements, typically when settlement agreement is reached and court approval is obtained, subject to the 

circumstances of the case.

(iii) Unsuccessful completion:
Where the litigation is unsuccessful the cost of the intangible asset net of accumulated impairment is derecognised and 
a loss is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

If the claimant, having been unsuccessful at trial, appeals against the judgment, then the future costs incurred by the 
Group on the investment in relation to the appeal are expensed as incurred.

Refer to Notes to the Financial Statements c. New and amended accounting standards AASB 15 for accounting policies 
applied prior 1 July 2018.

103

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 10: Intangible assets (continued)

(b) Reconciliation of carrying amounts 

Balance at 1 July 2018

Additions – external expenditure

Additions – capitalised borrowing costs

Additions – capitalised employee costs

Additions – capitalised overheads

Derecognitions – external expenditure (successful investment)

Derecognitions – capitalised borrowing costs and overheads (successful investment)

Derecognitions – external expenditure (unsuccessful investment)

Derecognitions – capitalised borrowing costs and overheads (unsuccessful investment)

Provision for impairment

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2019

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

321,268 

125,634 

10,127 

7,274 

1,239 

(18,503)

(3,929)

(15,197)

(1,639)

(9,571)

10,274 

2018 
$’000

190,876 

164,379 

9,327 

6,781 

1,090 

(43,124)

(6,467)

(5,003)

(185)

 – 

3,594 

426,977 

321,268 

The carrying value of Litigation Contracts In Progress includes the funding of external costs such as solicitors’ fees, 
counsels’ fees and experts’ fees, the capitalisation of certain directly attributable internal costs of managing the litigation 
funding investment, such as certain wages, occupancy costs, other out of pocket expenses and the capitalisation of 
borrowing costs as described below. The capitalised wages in 2019 equated to approximately 22.6% of the Group’s total 
salary costs (2018: 26.4%). The other internal capitalised expenses equated to approximately 49.8% of related overhead 
costs (2018: 49.3%).

The Group has determined that Litigation Funding Contracts In Progress meet the definition of qualifying assets and that 
all borrowing costs are eligible for capitalisation. The weighted average cost of borrowing was 7.6% (2018: 7.6%).

The carrying value of Litigation Funding Contracts In Progress can be summarised as follows: 

Litigation funding contracts – funded external costs

Litigation funding contracts – capitalised internal costs

Litigation funding contracts – capitalised borrowing costs

Gross carrying amount at cost

Accumulated impairment

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

376,285 

276,575 

33,078 

27,185 

25,268 

19,425 

436,548 

321,268 

(9,571)

 – 

426,977 

321,268 

(c) Impairment testing of intangible assets
Based on the below assumptions, the recoverable amount of each of the Litigation Contracts in Progress is determined 
based on a value in use calculation using cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management for 
the length of each investment.

The value in use calculation of the Group’s portfolio of intangible assets results in a net present value which has headroom 
of $941 million to $972 million over its carrying value. Headroom in a value in use analysis does not constitute a valuation 
but is the output from a calculation in assessing the impairment of the intangible assets.

104

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 10: Intangible assets (continued)
The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections when 
determining the value in use of Litigation Contracts in Progress:

 – The estimated cost to complete a Litigation Contract in Progress is budgeted based on estimates provided by the 

external legal advisors handling the litigation. 

 – The value to the Group of the Litigation Contracts in Progress, once completed, is estimated based on the successful 
conclusion and the resulting expected settlement or judgment amount of the litigation and the fees due to the Group 
under the litigation funding contract.

 – The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital and 

other factors relevant to the particular Litigation Contracts in Progress including country risk. The discount rate applied 
ranged between 10.0% and 11.5% (2018: between 10.0% and 11.5%).

At 30 June 2019, a provision for impairment has been recognised for $9,571,000 (2018: nil). The impairment related to five 
litigation contract funding investments, with a combined total carrying value prior to impairment of $11,391,000. During the 
impairment review, management have determined that either a successful outcome for the case was no longer likely to 
occur or that the likely award would not recover the current carrying value of the investment. After taking into account the 
impairment, at 30 June 2019, the five litigation contract investments have a combined carrying value of $1,770,000. This 
amount reflects the net recoverable amount expected to be received from the investments.

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Note 11:  Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits, receivables, payables, bonds and 
fixed rate notes.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate risk and currency risk in accordance with 
the Group’s financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial 
targets whilst protecting its future financial security.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and 
liquidity risk. The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. 
These include monitoring levels of exposure to interest rates and currencies and assessments of market forecasts for 
interest rates and foreign currencies. Aging analyses and monitoring of specific credit allowances are undertaken to 
manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is monitored through the development of future rolling cash flow forecasts.

Impairment of financial assets
Expected credit losses are recognised in the income statement on financial assets measured at amortised cost.

For financial assets a 12-month expected credit loss (“ECL”) allowance is recorded on initial recognition. If there is evidence 
of a significant increase in the credit risk of an asset, the allowance is increased to reflect the full lifetime ECL. If there is no 
realistic prospect of recovery, the asset is written off.

Risk exposures and responses

Interest rate risk
The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to: 

 – the Group’s cash holdings with a floating interest rate, 
 –  the Group has a $76,000,000 variable rate bond debt outstanding as at 30 June 2019. These IMF Bentham Bonds 
require that the Group make a quarterly coupon payment based on the Bank Bill Rate plus a fixed margin of 4.20% 
per annum; 

105

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 11:  Financial risk management (continued)
At reporting date the Group had the following financial instruments exposed mainly to Australian variable interest rate risk: 

Financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

IMF Bentham Bonds

Net exposure

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

226,460 

160,231 

(72,517)

153,943 

(49,553)

110,678 

The Group regularly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to expected interest 
rate movements and the Group’s future cash requirements, potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing 
available, and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates. 

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at the reporting date.

At 30 June 2019, if interest rates had moved with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit and equity would have 
been affected as follows:

+0.25% (25 basis points) (2018: +0.25%)

-0.25% (25 basis points) (2018: -0.25%)

Post Tax Profit
Higher/(Lower)

Equity
Higher/(Lower)

2019
$’000

269 

(269)

2018
$’000

194 

(194)

2019
$’000

269 

(269)

2018
$’000

194 

(194)

Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprises cash and cash equivalents and Litigation and other 
receivables. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from potential default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure 
equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at reporting date is addressed in each applicable note.

To mitigate credit risk on Litigation and other receivables the Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded 
by the Group prior to entering into any agreement to provide funding and continues this assessment during the course 
of funding. Wherever possible the Group ensures that security for settlement sums is provided, or the settlement funds 
are placed into solicitors’ trust accounts. The Group’s continual monitoring of the defendants’ financial capacity mitigates 
this risk.

To mitigate credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, the Group holds over 90% of its cash with Australian AA rated banks. 

The Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded by the Group prior to entering into any agreement to provide 
funding and continues this assessment during the course of funding. Wherever possible the Group ensures that security 
for settlement sums is provided, or the settlement funds are placed into solicitors’ trust accounts. The Group’s continual 
monitoring of the defendants’ financial capacity mitigates this risk.

Liquidity risk
The liquidity position of the Group is managed to ensure sufficient liquid funds are available to meet the Group’s expected 
financial commitments in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Management continually reviews the Group’s liquidity position, including the preparation of cash flow forecasts, to 
determine the forecast liquidity position and to maintain appropriate liquidity levels. All financial liabilities of the Group, 
except the IMF Bentham Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes, are current and payable within 30 days. 

106

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 11:  Financial risk management (continued)
The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis are: 

< 6 months
$’000

6-12 months
$’000

1-5 years
$’000

>5 years
$’000

Total
$’000

2019

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bonds and Notes – principal

Bonds and Notes – interest

2018

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bonds and Notes – principal

Bonds and Notes – interest

23,992 

 – 

4,720 

28,712 

18,047 

 – 

4,223 

22,270 

 – 

72,000 

4,720 

76,720 

 – 

50,000 

4,223 

54,223 

 – 

76,000 

8,223 

84,223 

 – 

72,000 

5,328 

77,328 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

23,992 

148,000 

17,663 

189,655 

18,047 

122,000 

13,774 

153,821 

Fair value
The methods for estimating fair value are outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements. The carrying amounts 
of financial assets and liabilities of the Group approximate their fair values, except for the IMF Bentham Bonds and Fixed 
Rate Notes. The IMF Bentham Bonds fair value has been determined using the quoted market price at 30 June 2019, and 
the Fixed Rate Notes fair value has been determined using the price from FIIG Securities Limited, an independent privately-
owned corporate bonds and government bonds specialist.

For the purposes of disclosure, the fair value measurements used for the Bonds and Notes are both level 1 on the fair 
value hierarchy.

IMF Bentham Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Carrying Value

Principal

Fair Value

2019
$’000

72,517 

71,455 

2018
$’000

49,553 

70,909 

2019
$’000

76,000 

72,000 

2018
$’000

50,000 

72,000 

2019
$’000

78,014 

72,936 

2018
$’000

51,150 

74,745 

Foreign currency risk 
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, 
primarily with respect to the US dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions and recognised assets 
and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. The risk is measured using sensitivity 
analysis and cash flow forecasting. The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange translation risk arising from its foreign 
operations. The Group’s investments in its subsidiaries are not hedged as those currency positions are considered to 
be long term in nature. In addition, the parent entity has intercompany receivables from its subsidiaries denominated in 
Australian Dollars which are eliminated on consolidation. The gains or losses on re-measurement of these intercompany 
receivables from foreign currencies to Australian Dollars are not eliminated on consolidation as the loans are not 
considered to be part of the net investment in the subsidiary. 

107

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11:  Financial risk management (continued)
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at 30 June were as follows:

2019

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Litigation contracts and  
other receivables1

Total assets

Financial Liabilities

Trade Payables

Total liabilities

2018

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Litigation contracts and  
other receivables1

Total assets

Financial Liabilities

Payables

Total liabilities

USD
$’000

GBP
$’000

EUR 
$’000

SGD
$’000

CAD
$’000

HKD
$’000

18,172 

26,290 

44,462 

49 

49 

11 

895 

906 

 – 

 – 

522 

 – 

76 

2,417 

1,241 

6,321 

11,321 

 – 

522 

2,493 

7,562 

11,321 

18 

18 

11 

11 

114 

114 

1 

1 

USD
$’000

GBP
$’000

EUR
$’000

SGD
$’000

CAD
$’000

HKD
$’000

43,772 

11,675 

55,447 

1,244 

1,244 

81 

2 

83 

5 

5 

3,632 

 – 

498 

1,002 

1,529 

10,294 

11,734 

 – 

3,632 

1,500 

11,823 

11,734 

 – 

 – 

4 

4 

434 

434 

107 

107 

1. 

 Litigation contracts and other receivables balance includes the intercompany loan receivable that IMF Bentham Limited has with Bentham 
Holdings Inc (USD), Bentham IMF Capital Limited (CAD) and IMF Bentham Pte Limited (SGD).

Sensitivity
The following table summarises the sensitivity of financial instruments held at balance date to movement in the exchange 
rate of the AUD to the listed currencies, with all other variables held constant excluding the impact of the foreign exchange 
movement on the inter-company loans of $47,498,000 (2018: $16,901,000). The sensitivity is based on management’s 
estimate of reasonably possible changes over the financial year. 

Impact on profit or loss before tax (A$’000)

USD

GBP

EUR

SGD

 +10%

 -10%

 +10%

 -10%

(2,682)

2,682

(6,412)

6,412 

(2)

2 

(14)

14 

(85)

85 

(573)

573 

(8)

8 

(49)

49 

CAD

(123)

123 

(382)

382 

HKD

 – 

 – 

2 

(2)

2019

2018

108

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 12: Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial Position and Statement of Cash Flows comprise cash at bank 
and on hand, and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to 
known amounts of cash on hand and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise the following at 30 June: 

Cash at bank

Short-term deposits

Current Assets Cash and cash equivalents

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

94,446 

58,449 

132,014 

226,460 

101,782 

160,231 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The carrying amounts of cash and cash 
equivalents represent fair value. 

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group. As 
at 30 June 2019, all short-term deposits are due to mature in less than 90 days from inception and earn interest at the 
respective short-term deposit rates. 

Bank Guarantees
Bank guarantees have been issued by the Group’s bankers as security for leases over premises, banking facilities and 
as security for adverse costs orders for investments funded under litigation contracts. As at 30 June 2019, guarantees 
of $1,138,000 were outstanding (2018: $1,114,000). The Group has a total guarantee facility limit of $1,462,000 (2018: 
$1,439,000) that is secured by an offset arrangement with deposits of $1,662,000 (2018: $1,639,000).

Note 13: Debt securities
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable 
transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

The borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the 
liability for at least 12 months after the balance date.

Current

IMF Bentham Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Non-Current

IMF Bentham Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

 – 

49,553 

71,455 

71,455 

 – 

49,553 

72,517 

 – 

72,517 

 – 

70,909 

70,909 

109

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 13: Debt Securities (continued)

Balance as at 1 July 2018

Proceeds from issue of debt

Payments for costs of issuing debt

Gain on debt modification

Amortisation of costs of issuing debt

Balance as at 30 June 2019

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

120,462 

119,469 

26,000 

(3,016)

(700)

1,226 

 –  

 –  

 –  

993 

143,972 

120,462 

On 5 December 2018, the Company restructured the IMF Bentham Bonds, allowing the option for early redemptions of the 
bonds issued in April 2014 with a make-whole payment of $2.37 and issuing additional bonds with a face value of $100 
each. 154,048 bonds were redeemed and a further 414,048 bonds issued, with appropriate refund of $1.11 to maintain 
the effective interest rate. This brings the total Bonds on issue to 760,000. The IMF Bentham Bonds have a variable rate 
of interest based on the Bank Bill rate plus a fixed margin of 4.20% per annum, paid quarterly. The maturity date was 
extended from 30 June 2019 to 22 December 2022, introducing a first issuer call date of 8 January 2022 with a step up 
in margin of 1.0% applying from 1 January 2022 to the maturity date.

On 18 April 2016, the Company issued 32,000 Fixed Rate Notes with a face value of $1,000 each (“Tranche 1 Notes”). 
The interest rate payable to Noteholders is 7.40% per annum payable half yearly. The Fixed Rate Notes are due to mature 
on 30 June 2020 and are secured by a security interest over all present and after-acquired property of IMF. 

On 6 April 2017, the Company issued 40,000 Fixed Rate Notes with a face value of $1,000 each (“Tranche 2 Notes”). 
Tranche 2 Notes were consolidated and formed a single series with the existing Tranche 1 Notes. The terms and 
conditions of the Tranche 2 Notes are identical to the conditions on Tranche 1 Notes.

The application of AASB 123 Borrowing Costs (revised 2007) has resulted in the capitalisation of $10,127,000 (2018: 
$9,327,000) during the current financial year as part of the Litigation Contracts in Progress intangible assets which 
are deemed to be qualifying assets post the application date of AASB 123 (revised) of 1 July 2009 (refer to Note 10). 

In relation to the debt securities held by the Group, there were no breaches in covenants. The following ratios are 
applicable to the Group for the 2019 financial year:

Gearing ratio1 

Working capital ratio2 

Interest cover3

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

38%

2.22

N/A

2018 
$’000

47%

2.33

N/A

1. 

2. 

3. 

 The gearing ratio is calculated as total liabilities over total equity in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is categorised as non-IFRS information 
prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, issued in December 2011. 

 The working capital ratio is calculated as current assets over current liabilities in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is categorised as non-IFRS 
information prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, issued in December 2011.

 The interest cover ratio is calculated as EBITDA over net interest expense in accordance with CO 14/1276. It is not applicable as interest is 
capitalised on qualifying assets.

In accordance with clause 4.3(a)(ii)(C) of Schedule 2 of the IMF Bond Trust Deed, no wholly owned subsidiary held 
cash on its balance sheet in an amount which at any time exceeds the subsidiary cash limit at that time for a period of 
more than 30 consecutive calendar days, unless the relevant wholly owned subsidiary has provided an unconditional 
guarantee of all amounts owing on the bonds then outstanding in favour of the Trustee.

110

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 14: Contributed equity

Contributed equity
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issues and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration 
received by the Company. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Contributed equity

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares

(a) Ordinary shares
Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and the right to dividends.

Movement in ordinary shares

As at 1 July 2017

Shares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan

As at 30 June 2018

Shares issued during the year (Placement and Share Purchase Plan)

Shares issued upon exercise of performance rights

As at 30 June 2019

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

205,558 

127,630 

Number  
‘000

$’000

172,047 

123,654 

1,816 

3,976 

173,863 

127,630 

27,180 

3,566 

75,339 

2,589 

204,609 

205,558 

On 31 October 2018, the Company issued 26,600,000 shares to sophisticated and institutional investors at $2.80 
per share. On 16 November 2018, the Company issued 580,110 shares under its Share Purchase Plan at $2.80 per share.

On 24 April 2018, the Company issued 916,449 shares at $2.35 per share, and on 20 October 2017 the company issued 
900,253 shares at $2.02 per share under its Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

(b) Performance rights
As at 30 June 2019, there were 15,601,589 unissued ordinary shares in respect of which share performance rights were 
outstanding (30 June 2018: 14,355,887). 

(c) Capital management
Capital includes bonds, notes and equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent. When managing capital, 
management’s objective is to ensure the Group continues as a going concern while maintaining optimal returns to 
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. Management also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the 
lowest cost of capital available to the Group.

The Group’s earnings often vary dramatically, and this is expected to continue in future. Management’s policy is to pay 
dividends to shareholders from earnings where there is capital surplus to the needs of the business. 

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. However, if the cash and receivables balances 
of IMF fall below 75% of the Group financial indebtedness or retained earnings are less than $52,000,000, or an event of 
default is subsisting under the IMF Bentham Bonds or Fixed Rate Notes, the Company is not permitted to pay a dividend 
to ordinary shareholders (this calculation is to be undertaken both before and after the proposed dividend). IMF Bentham 
Limited’s retained earnings are disclosed in Note 25.

111

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
Note 15: Retained earnings and reserves

(a) Movements in retained earnings were as follows: 

Balance 1 July 2018

Net profit for the year

Dividend paid 

Balance 30 June 2019

(b) Movements in reserves were as follows: 

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

48,592 

(36,098)

 – 

12,494 

2018 
$’000

71,679 

(11,017)

(12,070)

48,592 

Share based 
payment 
reserve
$’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
$’000

Option 
premium 
reserve
$’000

Convertible 
note reserve
$’000

Fund equity 
reserve
$’000

Total 
reserves
$’000

5,962 

9,289 

15,251 

2,498 

(4,644)

6,027 

1,383 

(1,810)

3,404 

 – 

3,404 

 – 

3,832 

 – 

 – 

(7,760)

3,832 

(7,760)

 – 

(15,905)

8,554 

7,556 

16,110 

(15,217)

As at 1 July 2017

Movements in reserves during 
the period

As at 30 June 2018

Movements in reserves during 
the period

As at 30 June 2019

17,749 

(427)

3,404 

3,832 

(23,665)

893 

(c) Nature and purpose of reserves

i.  Share based payment reserve

 The share based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share based payments provided to 
employees, including key management personnel as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 24 for further details of 
this plan.

ii.  Foreign currency translation reserve

This reserve is used to record differences on the translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations.

iii.  Other capital reserves 
  Other capital reserves comprise:

a)  Option premium reserve

 This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors, including Key 
Management Personnel, as part of their remuneration. This reserve relates to the previous plan for options already 
vested.

b)  Convertible note reserve

 This reserve was used to record the equity portion on the convertible notes (issued on 13 December 2010), which 
were fully redeemed by the Company during December 2013.

c)  Fund equity reserve

 This reserve is used to record changes in the proportion of equity held by non-controlling interests within the 
Group.

112

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D. WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Note 16: Litigation contracts and other receivables 
Litigation contracts receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest rate method, less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. Litigation contracts receivables were 
previously classified as trade receivables in prior years. 

Collectability of litigation contracts receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Refer to Note 11 for information regarding 
impairment of financial assets.

Current

Litigation contracts receivables1

Other receivables2

Consolidated

2019 
$’000

2018 
$’000

14,098 

2,768 

16,866 

21,529 

4,161 

25,690 

1.  Litigation contracts receivables are non-interest bearing and generally on 0-90 day terms.

2. 

 Other receivables comprise interest receivable upon the maturity of the Group’s short-term deposits (between 30 and 90 days), receivables from 
co-funders of litigation contracts in progress, short term loans and deposits receivable. 

(a)  Fair value and credit risk
Due to the nature of these receivables, the carrying value of the current receivables approximates its fair value. The 
carrying value of the non-current receivables is adjusted to reflect future cash flows and it is this adjusted carrying value 
that approximates its fair value. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying value of receivables. Collateral is not 
held as security, nor is it the Group’s policy to transfer (on-sell) receivables. 

(b) Loans and receivables
Litigation contracts and other receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are 
not quoted in an active market. Such assets are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and 
losses are recognised in the profit or loss when the loans and receivables are derecognised or impaired, as well as through 
the amortisation process. Refer to Note 11 regarding impairment of financial assets.

113

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 17:  Contract costs
The Group holds management and advisory contracts in respect of Fund 4 and ROW Fund 5. In accordance with AASB 
15, incremental costs in obtaining a contract are capitalised and amortised over a systemic basis that is consistent with 
the Group’s transfer of related services to the customer. 

During the year the Group incurred incremental costs in obtaining the contracts in regard to Fund 4. The amounts have 
been capitalised as shown below. The amounts are being amortised on a straight line basis over a period of seven years, 
being in reference to the initial four-year commitment period of the fund plus the estimated litigation funding contract life of 
three years.

Balance as at 1 July 2018

New contracts

At 30 June 2019

Current 2019

Non-current 2019

Note 18: Other assets

Current

Prepayments 

Rental deposits

Lease incentive receivable

Current Assets Other assets

Non-current

Prepayments 

Lease incentive receivable

Other

Non-Current Assets Other assets

Consolidated

2019
$’000

– 

6,339 

6,339

939 

5,400 

6,339

Consolidated

2019
$’000

959 

753 

189 

1,901 

2018
$'000

–

– 

–

– 

–

–

2018
$'000

694 

598 

119 

1,411 

9,022 

11,242 

289 

13 

267 

 – 

9,324 

11,509 

Note 19: Plant and equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Such cost includes the cost of replacing parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the cost of replacing parts is 
incurred. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in the profit or loss as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The major categories 
of property, plant and equipment are depreciated as follows:

 – Equipment  
 – Furniture 
 – Leasehold 

2 to 5 years; 
2 to 6 years; and
2 to 11 years. 

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each 
financial year end. 

114

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
 
 
Note 19: Plant and equipment (continued)

Derecognition
An item of plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected 
from its use or disposal.

Gross carrying amount – at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net carrying amount

Consolidated

2019
$’000

3,592 

(2,480)

1,112 

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year 

Equipment
$’000

Furniture, 
Fixtures and 
Fittings
$’000

Leasehold 
Improvements
$’000

Gross carrying amount

Balance as at 1 July 2017

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2018

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movement in foreign currency

At 30 June 2019

Accumulated depreciation

Balance as at 1 July 2017

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2018

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movement in foreign currency

At 30 June 2019

697 

174 

(4)

867 

212 

 – 

6 

1,085 

497 

111 

(5)

603 

152 

 – 

5 

760 

373 

69 

(19)

423 

47 

(4)

16 

482 

138 

89 

(14)

213 

104 

(3)

9 

323 

2018
$’000

3,119 

(1,787)

1,332 

Total
$’000

2,895 

259 

(35)

3,119 

442 

(4)

35 

1,825 

16 

(12)

1,829 

183 

 – 

13 

2,025 

3,592 

560 

421 

(10)

971 

420 

 – 

6 

1,195 

621 

(29)

1,787 

676 

(3)

20 

1,397 

2,480 

Plant and Equipment of the Company is subject to a fixed charge to secure the Company’s debt due to Bondholders as 
covered in Note 13.

115

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 20: Trade and other payables
Trade payables and other payables are carried at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature they are not discounted. 
They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are unpaid 
and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and 
services. The amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Trade payables

Wage accruals

Interest accruals

Consolidated

2019
$'000

21,481 

1,374 

 1,137 

23,992 

2018
$'000

16,100 

1,167 

780 

18,047 

Fair Value
Due to the nature of trade and other payables, their carrying value approximates their fair value.

Note 21: Provisions

General provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is 
probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the balance date using a discounted cash flow methodology. If the effect of the time value of money is material, 
provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. 

The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised in finance costs.

Employee benefits
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of the 
reporting period. These benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses.

Liabilities in respect of employees’ services rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the 
end of the periods in which the employees render the related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. 
These liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made to the employees using 
the projected unit credit method.

Liabilities expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the period in which the employees render the 
related services are classified as short-term benefits and are measured at the amount due to be paid. 

Current

Annual leave and long service leave

Adverse costs

Non-Current

Make good

Long service leave

116

Consolidated

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

2,575 

12,617 

15,192 

2,521 

12,135 

14,656 

153 

279 

432 

86 

191 

277 

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 21: Provisions (continued)

(a)  Movement in provisions 

As at 1 July 2018

Arising during the year

Utilised 

Effect of movement in foreign currency

As at 30 June 2019

Current 2019

Non-current 2019

Current 2018

Non-current 2018

Adverse
costs
$'000

Annual 
leave
$'000

Long service 
leave
$'000

12,135 

617 

(135)

 – 

12,617 

12,617 

 – 

12,617 

12,135 

 – 

12,135 

1,472 

1,505 

(1,329)

20 

1,668 

1,668 

 – 

1,668 

1,472 

 – 

1,472 

1,240 

111 

(165)

–

1,186 

907 

279 

1,186 

1,049 

191 

1,240 

Make
good
$'000

86 

67 

 – 

 – 

Total
$'000

14,933 

2,300 

(1,629)

20 

153 

15,624 

 – 

153 

153 

 – 

86 

86 

15,192 

432 

15,624 

14,656 

277 

14,933 

(b)  Nature and timing of provisions

Adverse costs
During the financial year 2019, the Group raised a further provision of $617,000 for estimated adverse costs obligations 
against a particular litigation investment that is held on the Group’s balance sheet which was lost and which is currently 
being appealed. The provision raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have to remit. 
The outcome of the appeal should be known by the end of the financial year 2020.

During the financial year 2018 the Group raised a provision of $135,000 for estimated adverse costs obligations in relation 
to a withdrawn investment. The provision raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have 
to remit. The adverse costs provision for the investment, recognised in 2018, was paid in the current year.

Make Good
The make good provision relates to amounts recognised for make good requirements on operating leases of office space.

Note 22: Commitments and contingencies

Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and 
requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets 
and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
Operating lease incentives are recognised as a liability when received and subsequently reduced by allocating lease 
payments between rental expense and reduction of the liability.

(a)  Operating lease commitments – Group as lessee
The Group has entered into commercial leases for its premises. These leases have a life of between one and eight 
years with renewal options included in the contracts. There are no restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into 
these leases.

117

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 22: Commitments and contingencies (continued)
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 30 June are as follows: 

Within one year 

After one year but no more than five years

After more than five years

Total minimum lease payments

(b)  Remuneration commitments

Commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term 
employment contracts in existence at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities 
payable:

Within one year

After one year but no more than five years

Consolidated

2019
$’000

1,818 

2,662 

3,289 

7,769 

2018
$’000

1,794 

4,118 

2,192 

8,104 

Consolidated

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

5,064 

 – 

5,064 

4,963 

 – 

4,963 

Amounts disclosed as remuneration commitments also include commitments arising from the service contracts of, and 
bonuses payable to, directors and executives referred to in the Remuneration Report of the Directors’ Report that are not 
recognised as liabilities and are not included in the compensation of Key Management Personnel.

(c)  Contingencies
In certain jurisdictions litigation funding agreements contain an undertaking from the Company to the client that the 
Company will pay adverse costs awarded to the successful party in respect of costs incurred during the period of funding, 
should the client’s litigation be unsuccessful. It is not possible to predict in which cases such an award might be made. In 
addition, the Company has insurance arrangements which, in some circumstances, will lessen the impact of such awards. 
RoW Funds 2 and 3 entire portfolio has an after the event (“ATE”) insurance policy that will respond to claims for adverse 
costs in excess of $7.5m. Based on past experience, an award of adverse costs to a defendant will approximate 40% to 
70% (depending on jurisdiction) of the amount paid by the plaintiff to pursue the litigation (although in some cases there 
may be more than one defendant). 

Accordingly, an estimate of the total potential adverse costs exposure of the Group which has accumulated from time 
to time may be made by assuming all cases are lost, that adverse costs equal 40% to 70% of the amount spent by the 
plaintiff and that there is only one defendant per case. 

At 30 June 2019, the total amount spent on currently funded investments by the Group where undertakings to pay adverse 
costs have been provided was $136,112,000 (2018: $88,702,000) divided between those funded directly on IMF’s balance 
sheet of $108,420,000 and those funded through the RoW Funds of $27,692,000. The potential adverse costs orders 
using the above methodology would amount to $64,862,000 for investments on IMF’s balance sheet, and $16,061,000 
for RoW Fund investments. Subject to impairment considerations, the Company does not currently expect that any of the 
investments will be unsuccessful. The Company maintains a large cash holding in the event that one or more investments 
are unsuccessful and an adverse costs order is made which is not covered by its insurance arrangements.

118

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedE. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND RELATED PARTIES

Note 23: Key management personnel

(a)  Details of Key Management Personnel
Subsequent to 30 June 2019, Charlie Gollow (Chief Executive - USA) retired, effective 5 July 2019.

There were no further changes to Key Management Personnel after the reporting date and before the date the financial 
report was authorised for issue.

(b) Compensation of Key Management Personnel 

Short-term employee benefits – salaries and wages

Short-term employee benefits – accrued and unpaid 
Post-employment benefits
Long term employee benefits
Share based payments

Note 24: Share-based payment plan

Share-based payment transactions

Consolidated

2019
$’000

4,925 

– 
163 
(36)
2,321 

7,373 

2018
$’000

4,288 

– 
125 
93 
1,833 

6,339 

(i)  Equity-settled transactions
The Company’s LTIP awards share performance rights to key senior employees. The cost of equity-settled transactions 
with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. 
The fair value is determined using a Monte Carlo or Black Scholes Model depending on the type of LTIP.

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the 
price of the shares of IMF (i.e. market conditions) if applicable.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment 
reserve, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the 
date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to the profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less the amounts already 
charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity (the share-based payment reserve).

Equity-settled awards granted by IMF to employees of subsidiaries are recognised in the Parent’s separate financial 
statements as an additional investment in the subsidiary with a corresponding credit to equity. These amounts are 
eliminated through consolidation. As a result, the expenses recognised by the Company in relation to equity-settled 
awards only represents the expense associated with grants to employees of the Parent. The expense recognised by 
the Group is the total expense associated with all such awards.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than 
were originally anticipated to do so. Any award subject to a market condition is considered to vest irrespective of whether 
or not that market condition is fulfilled, provided that all other conditions are satisfied.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been 
modified. An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based 
payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and an expense not yet 
recognised for the award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award and 
designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were 
a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

Where outstanding rights do not have an anti-dilutive effect and are currently meeting the performance criteria, the dilutive 
effect, if any, is added to share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

119

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 24: Share-Based Payment Plan (continued)

(ii)  Cash-settled transactions
The Group does not provide cash-settled share-based benefits to employees or senior executives.

Long Term Incentive Plan
LTIP awards are delivered in the form of performance rights over shares which vest after a period of three years subject 
to meeting performance measures. The Group uses relative TSR and CAGR of Funds Deployed as the performance 
measures. 

For the portion of the LTIP subject to the relative TSR performance measure, the fair value of share performance rights 
granted is estimated at the date of grant using a Monte-Carlo simulation model, taking into account the terms and 
conditions upon which the share performance rights were granted. For the portion of the LTIP based on the achievement 
of CAGR of Funds Deployed, the Black-Scholes model is used. 

4,255,816 share performance rights were issued during 2019 (2018: 5,122,146). Specific assessment for performance 
rights issued in the period is below:

Grant Date

Share price at grant date

Expected Volatility (%)

Dividend yield (%)

Risk-free rate (%)

Performance period

Models used

Tranche 1 – relative TSR (value per right $)

Tranche 2 – CAGR (value per right $)

1 July  
2018

$3.00 

30%

4.00%

2.07%

21 November 
2018

$2.69 

30%

4.00%

2.12%

3 years ending

2.61 years ending

30 June 2021

30 June 2021

Monte Carlo & 
Black Scholes

Monte Carlo & 
Black Scholes

$1.60 

$2.67 

$1.35 

$2.43 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share 
performance rights during the year:

2019 
Number

2019 
WAEP

2018 
Number

2018 
WAEP

14,355,887 

4,255,816 

(2,398,473)

(611,641)

15,601,589 

6,699,191 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

11,177,055 

5,122,146 

 – 

(1,943,314)

14,355,887 

4,125,409

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

– 

Movements during the year

Outstanding at 1 July 2018

  Granted

  Exercised

  Forfeited

Outstanding at 30 June 2019

Exercisable at 30 June 2019

120

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 25: Parent entity information 

Information relating to IMF Bentham Limited:

Current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets

Issued capital 

Retained earnings

Reserves

Total shareholders’ equity 

Profit or loss of the Parent 

Total comprehensive income of the Parent

The Parent has not entered into any guarantees with any of its subsidiaries.

Details of the contingent liabilities of the Parent are contained in Note 22(c). 

Details of the contractual commitments of the Parent are contained in Notes 22(a) and 22(b).

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

151,920 

453,535 

147,673 

372,511 

(103,995)

(179,262)

(72,233)

(156,552)

274,273 

215,959 

204,553 

127,630 

46,190 

23,530 

68,165 

20,164 

274,273 

215,959 

(20,476)

(20,476)

39,261 

39,261 

121

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Note 25: Parent entity information (continued)
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of IMF and the subsidiaries listed in the following table:

Name

Row Funds
IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd
IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd

Fund 1
Bentham IMF 1 LLC
HC 1 LLC
Security Finance 1 LLC

Fund 4
Bentham Investments 1 LP1
Bentham Investments 2 LP1
Bentham Investments 3 LP1
Bentham Investments 4 LP1
Bentham Investments 5 LP1
Bentham Investments 6 LP1
Bentham Investments 7 LP1
Bentham Investments 8 LP1
Bentham Investments 9 LP1
Security Finance 2 LLC2

Wholly owned subsidiaries
Bentham IMF Holdings 1 LLC
Bentham Capital GP LLC3
Bentham Capital LLC
Bentham Capital Management LLC4
Bentham Holdings Inc
Security Finance LLC
Bentham IMF Capital Limited
Lien Finance Canada Limited
IMF Bentham Pte. Limited
IMF Litigation Funding Services Limited5
IMF Bentham GPA 5 Pty Ltd6
IMF Bentham Cayman Advisory Services Limited7

Percentage owned

Country of  
Incorporation

2019
%

2018
%

Australia
Australia

USA
USA
USA

USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
Canada
Canada
Singapore
United Kingdom
Australia
Cayman Islands

20
20

28
7
28

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

20
20

27
7
27

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

100
– 
100
– 
100
100
100
100
100
– 
 – 
 – 

1. 

 These entities were formed on 4 December 2018. Percentage owned decreased to 20% on 30 January 2019, following the finalisation of the 
amended and restated limited partnership agreements.

2.   This entity was incorporated on 29 November 2018.
3.   This entity was incorporated on 26 October 2018.
4.   This entity was incorporated on 2 July 2018.
5.   This entity was incorporated on 27 September 2018.
6.   This entity was incorporated on 6 June 2019.
7.   This entity was incorporated on 4 June 2019.

For all subsidiaries where there is less than 51% ownership interest, the Group has power to direct the relevant activities 
of the investee under contractual arrangements; and exposure to variable returns. The Group is considered to be acting 
as principal and thus has control.

122

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedNote 26: Material partly-owned subsidiaries 
Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below: 

Non-controlling interest

Country of
Incorporation

2019
%

2018
%

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Row Funds

IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd1
IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd1

Fund 1

Bentham IMF 1 LLC2
HC 1 LLC2
Security Finance 1 LLC2
Fund 4

Bentham Investments 1 LP3
Bentham Investments 2 LP3
Bentham Investments 3 LP3
Bentham Investments 4 LP3
Bentham Investments 5 LP3
Bentham Investments 6 LP3
Bentham Investments 7 LP3
Bentham Investments 8 LP3
Bentham Investments 9 LP3
Security Finance 2 LLC3

Accumulated balances of material non-controlling interest:
Bentham IMF 1 LLC2
HC 1 LLC2
IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd1
IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd1
Fund 4
Transaction costs, net of tax – disposal of non-controlling interest Fund 12
Transaction costs, net of tax – disposal of non-controlling interest Row Funds

Profit allocated to material non-controlling interest:

Bentham IMF 1 LLC
IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd1
IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd1
Fund 4

Australia
Australia

USA
USA
USA

USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

80 
80 

72 
93 
72 

80 
80 
80 
80 
80 
80 
80 
80 
80 
80 

80 
80 

73 
93 
73 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

161,369
47,092 
53,613 
17,871 
25,450 
(5,934)
(2,909)
296,552 

(15)
 – 
 – 
(35)
(50)

105,799 
47,086 
22,933 
7,644 
 – 
(5,934)
(2,024)
175,504 

1,106 
1,548 
516 
 – 
3,170 

1. 

2.  

3. 

 The results and non-controlling interest of these entities comprise the results of the Row Funds, included in Note 1 Segment information. Under 
the contractual arrangements with the Row Funds, Group entities are required to contribute a total of $36,00,000 of equity, with non-controlling 
interests contributing $144,000,000 of equity (total of $180,000,000). As at 30 June 2019 the Group had contributed $16,200,000 of the total 
commitment (30 June 2018: $3,400,000).
 The results and non-controlling interest of these entities comprise the results of Fund 1, included in Note 1 Segment information. Under the 
contractual arrangements with Fund 1, Group entities are required to contribute a total of US$41,700,000 of equity, with non-controlling interests 
contributing US$125,000,000 of equity (total US$166,700,000). As at 30 June 2019 the Group had contributed US$41,700,000 of the total 
commitment (30 June 2018: US$29,900,000).
 The results and non-controlling interest of these entities comprise the results of Fund 4, included in Note 1 Segment information. Under the 
contractual arrangements with Fund 4, Group entities are required to contribute a total of US$100,000,000 of equity, with non-controlling 
interests contributing US$400,000,000 of equity (total US$500,000,000). As at 30 June 2019 the Group had contributed US$4,600,000 of 
the total commitment (30 June 2018: nil).

123

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
Note 26: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

Net assets attributable to NCI
Movements in net assets attributable to NCI’s during the year were as follows: 

Bentham IMF 
1 LLC

$'000

2,366 

HC 1  
LLC

$'000

 – 

IMF Bentham 
(Fund 2)  
Pty Ltd

IMF Bentham 
(Fund 3)  
Pty Ltd

$'000

$'000

Fund 4

 – 

100,096 

47,086 

20,877 

(9,694)

8,188 

(1,091)

99,865 

59,473 

(24,247)

10,627 

9,719 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

47,086 

21 

 – 

(3,368)

3,353 

 – 

 – 

2,056 

(1,518)

21,415 

27,649 

(3,037)

6,068 

 – 

(665)

155,437 

47,092 

51,430 

 – 

6,958 

 – 

686 

(506)

7,138 

9,216 

(1,015)

2,024 

 – 

(220)

17,143 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

25,485 

 – 

554 

(589)

 – 

Total

$'000

2,366 

175,017 

(9,694)

10,930 

(3,115)

175,504 

121,844 

(28,299)

15,905 

12,483 

(885)

25,450 

296,552 

As at 1 July 2017

Contributions

Distributions

Change in share of net assets 
attributable to NCI

Transaction costs

As at 30 June 2018

Contributions

Distributions

Change in share of net assets 
attributable to NCI

Total comprehensive income

Transaction costs

As at 30 June 2019

ROW Funds 2 & 3
On 13 September 2017, the Group established IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd and IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd 
(collectively the “ROW Funds 2 & 3”). 

On 3 October 2017, the Group undertook a transaction to dispose of a non-controlling interest in the ROW Funds. At date 
of disposal the change in equity of the Group was recorded as follows: 

Change in equity on disposal of non-controlling interests:

IMF Bentham (Fund 2) Pty Ltd

IMF Bentham (Fund 3) Pty Ltd

Transaction costs net of tax – disposal of non-controlling interests

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

–

–

(885)

(885)

–

 – 

(2,024)

(2,024)

Fund 1
On 3 November 2016, IMF established Bentham IMF 1 LLC and its subsidiary Security Finance 1 LLC (collectively “Fund 1”). 
Fund 1 has been part of the Group and consolidated into the results since this time as it was controlled by IMF.

On 10 February 2017, the Group undertook a transaction to dispose of a non-controlling interest in Fund 1. The change in 
equity of the Group resulting from this disposal was recorded as follows:

Change in equity on disposal of non-controlling interests:

Bentham IMF 1 LLC

Security Finance 1 LLC

Transaction costs net of tax – disposal of non-controlling interest

124

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

–

–

–

–

–

 – 

(1,091)

(1,091)

Notes to the Financial Statementscontinued 
 
Note 26: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)
Fund 4
On 26 October 2018, IMF established Bentham Capital GP LLC. On 29 November 2018, IMF established Security Finance 
2 LLC. On 4 December 2018, IMF established Bentham Investments 1 – 9 LP (collectively “Fund 4”). Fund 4 has been part 
of the Group and consolidated into the results since this time as it was controlled by IMF.

The summarised financial information provided below is based on amounts prior to intercompany eliminations: 

Summarised statement 
of cash flows

Operating

Investing

Financing

Net increase in cash and 
cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents  
at the beginning of the period

Foreign exchange

Cash and cash equivalents  
at the end of the period

Fund 1

ROW Funds 2 & 3

Fund 4

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

2019
$'000

2018
$'000

(77)

(15,469)

57,760 

(71)

(102,594)

104,570 

(988)

(18,690)

42,042 

(3)

(18,921)

34,796 

(43)

(25,059)

30,729 

42,214 

1,905 

22,364 

15,872 

5,627 

7,466 

 – 

5,561 

 – 

15,889 

73 

 – 

17 

 – 

 – 

49,680 

7,466 

38,326 

15,889 

5,627 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Note 27: Related party disclosure

Transactions with director related entities
The following table provides the total amount of transactions that were entered into with related parties for the relevant 
financial year. 

Transactions with related parties1

Consolidated

2019
$'000

499 

499 

2018
$'000

470 

470 

1. 

 During the year the Group obtained legal advice from DLA Piper, a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, totalling $499,176 (2018: $470,272). 
The legal advice was obtained at normal market prices. IMF engages a number of different law firms for its external legal advice and hence the 
relationship with DLA Piper is not exclusive. Michael Bowen does not participate in any board decisions to appoint external counsel when DLA 
Piper is being considered for engagement.

125

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedOverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Note 28: Auditor’s remuneration
The auditor of IMF Bentham Limited is EY. 

Amounts received or due and receivable by EY for:

An audit or review of the financial report of the Parent and any other entity in the Group

Other services in relation to the Parent and any other entity in the consolidated Group:

  Tax compliance

  Other

Consolidated

2019
$’000

2018
$’000

410 

–

–

410 

276 

– 

60 

336 

Note 29: Events after the reporting date
Apart from that disclosed in this report, no other circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2019 that have significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect the consolidated entities’ operations, the results of those operations, or the 
consolidated entities state of affairs in the future financial years.

126

Notes to the Financial StatementscontinuedDirectors’ 
Declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of IMF Bentham Limited, we state that:

In the opinion of the Directors:

(a)   the financial statements and notes of IMF Bentham Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2019 are in 

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. 

ii. 

 giving a true and fair view of its financial position as at 30 June 2019 and performance for the year ended on that 
date; and 

 complying with Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations 
Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in the 

notes to the financial statements; 

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due 

and payable; and

(d)   this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the directors in accordance 

with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. 

On behalf of the board

Michael Kay 
Chairman 

Perth, 21 August 2019

Andrew Saker 
Managing Director

127

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report

Ernst & Young 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth  WA  6000  Australia 
GPO Box M939   Perth  WA  6843 

  Tel: +61 8 9429 2222 
Fax: +61 8 9429 2436 
ey.com/au 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of IMF Bentham Limited 

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the financial report of IMF Bentham Limited (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 
2019, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity 
and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors' declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including: 

a) 

b) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2019 
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial 
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting 
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the 
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Key Audit Matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our 
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter 
is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures 
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying 
financial report. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

128

 
 
 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

Impairment assessment of intangible assets 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Litigation contracts in progress are recognised as 
intangible assets and assessed for impairment by the 
Group using cash flow forecasts. 

We evaluated the Group’s assessment of the carrying value 
of intangible assets. Our audit procedures included the 
following: 

The carrying value of litigation contracts are 
contingent on future cash flows and there is a risk that 
if these cash flows do not meet the Group’s 
expectations, or if significant judgments such as the 
discount rates change, the assets will be impaired. 

  Assessed, through testing a sample, the effectiveness 
of the Group’s controls in relation to the review of 
carrying values for intangible assets, including 
controls over the valuation model and assumptions 
applied. 

This was a key audit matter because it requires a high 
level of judgment and changes in these assumptions 
might lead to a significant change in the carrying 
values of the related assets. 

Refer to Note 10 of the financial report for the 
amounts recognised by the Group as at 30 June 2019 
and related disclosures. 

  Examined the Group’s impairment assessment model 
and tested the reasonableness of key assumptions 
including cash flow forecasts considering the accuracy 
of previous forecasts, estimated completion dates and 
discount rates, with the involvement of our valuation 
specialists. 

  We tested the mathematical accuracy of the cash flow 

models. 

  Conducted sensitivity analyses to ascertain the impact 
of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions on 
the available headroom. 

  Discussed significant case matters with respective 
Case Investment Managers, in order to understand 
case status and assess judgements made by the Group 
that impacted the impairment model including 
litigation completion timing, litigation revenue, 
budgeted costs to complete and intention to continue 
the litigation funding. 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial statement 

disclosures regarding impairment and the recoverable 
amount of the Group’s intangible assets. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

129

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

Income recognition 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

We evaluated the Group’s assessment of case outcomes 
and income recognised for the year. Our audit procedures 
included the following: 

  Assessed the timing and quantum of income 

recognition based on a sample of settlement terms 
agreed with the counterparties, including liquidators 
where applicable, and court rulings. 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial statement 

disclosures regarding the Group’s income recognition. 

During the year ended 30 June 2019, the impact of 
investment completions (both successful and 
unsuccessful) resulted in the recognition of litigation 
contract income of $35.0 million and a net loss on de-
recognition of intangible assets of $4.2 million in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

Where the litigation is unsuccessful, this constitutes a 
derecognition of the intangible asset and accordingly a 
loss is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

The Group’s accounting policies outline the guidelines 
as to the manner in which income can be recognised 
following outcomes on litigation matters funded by the 
Group. 

Given the magnitude involved income recognition was 
a key audit matter. 

Refer to Note 3 of the financial report for the amounts 
recognised by the Group as at 30 June 2019 and 
related disclosure. 

Recoverability of deferred tax assets 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

At 30 June 2019, the Group had deferred tax assets 
including tax losses of $18.8 million recorded in the 
statement of financial position. AASB 112 Income 
Taxes outlines the requirements necessary to 
recognise a deferred tax asset. The recoverability of 
the deferred tax assets is reliant on taxable profits 
being earnt by Group subsidiaries. 

Given the magnitude and judgment involved in 
determining the recoverability of deferred tax assets, 
it was considered as a key audit matter. 

Refer to Note 6 of the financial report for the amounts 
recognised by the Group as at 30 June 2019 and 
related disclosure. 

We evaluated the Group’s assessment of the recoverability 
of recognised deferred tax assets. Our audit procedures 
included the following: 

  Examined the Group’s deferred tax asset 

recoverability assessment and evaluated the 
reasonableness of key assumptions including forecast 
taxable profits of Group subsidiaries. 

  Assessed sensitivity analyses prepared by 

management to ascertain the impact of possible 
changes to key assumptions on the timing of 
recoverability. 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial statement 

disclosures regarding the Group’s deferred tax assets. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

130

 
 
 
 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

Existence and collectability of litigation contract receivables 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

At 30 June 2019, the Group had litigation contract 
receivables of $14.1 million which were significant to 
the Group. 

We evaluated the Group’s assessment of the carrying value 
of litigation contract receivables at 30 June 2019. Our 
audit procedures included the following: 

Given the magnitude and judgment involved in the 
collectability assessment of litigation contract 
receivables, existence and collectability of litigation 
contract receivables was a key audit matter. 

Refer to Note 16 of the financial report for the 
amounts recognised by the Group as at 30 June 2019 
and related disclosure. 

  Assessed whether litigation contract receivables were 

recognised in accordance with the Group accounting 
policy. 

  Selected a sample of balances to determine based on 

settlement terms, if the right to record a receivable 
had been satisfied. 

  Assessed the credit loss provision by reference to the 
economic environment applicable to the debtors, the 
historical accuracy of forecasting recoverability and 
the Group’s assessment of collectability considering 
the process to achieve recovery, the likely timing of 
these processes and events that could delay or impact 
the collectability. 

  Considered collection timing assumptions to 

determine whether receivables were appropriately 
classified as current or non-current. 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial statement 

disclosures regarding the Group’s litigation contract 
receivables. 

Provision for adverse costs 

Why significant 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Adverse costs arise where the Group is instructed by 
the court to settle the costs incurred by the defendant 
in litigation matters. 

The Group records a provision for adverse costs when 
a matter which it has funded is lost and that matter in 
a geographic location where adverse costs exist.  

We focused on this area because it requires a high 
level of judgment to determine the adverse cost likely 
to be incurred and changes in these assumptions 
might lead to a significant change in the amount of 
adverse costs the Group will be required to pay. 

Refer to Note 21 of the financial report for the 
amounts recognised by the Group as at 30 June 2019 
and related disclosure. 

We evaluated the Group’s assessment of the provision for 
adverse costs. Our audit procedures included the following: 

  Compared assumptions for current year provision 

amounts to evidence, including estimates provided by 
the Group’s legal experts. 

  Assessed the requirement for provisions for current 
year unsuccessful case finalisations based on 
settlement terms and geographies of cases. 

  Considered the consistency of the application of policy 

for recognising provisions with the prior year. 
Specifically, we considered both the value of the prior 
years’ provision utilised for payments of adverse costs 
during the current year and the value of prior year 
provision amounts not used and released. 

  Assessed the adequacy of the financial statement 
disclosures regarding the Group’s provision for 
adverse costs. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

131

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

Information Other than the Financial Report and Auditor’s Report Thereon 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the Company’s 2019 Annual Report, but does not include the financial report and our 
auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report and 
our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true 
and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud 
or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence 
that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud 
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of 
internal control. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

132

 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

 

 

 

 

 

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors. 

Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, 
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If 
we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s 
report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to 
modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our 
auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as 
a going concern. 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a 
manner that achieves fair presentation. 

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are 
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the 
audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit. 

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may 
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards. 

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should 
not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be 
expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

133

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019 
 
 
Independent 
Auditor’s Report
continued

Report on the Audit of the Remuneration Report 

Opinion on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 69 to 77 of the directors' report for the year 
ended 30 June 2019. 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of IMF Bentham Limited for the year ended 30 June 2019, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration 
Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian 
Auditing Standards. 

Ernst & Young 

Robert A Kirkby 
Partner 
Perth 
21 August 2019 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

RK:DA:IMF:081 

134

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder 
Information

The information set out below is current as at 31 July 2019.

(a)  Distribution of Shareholders 

Ordinary Share Capital
204,608,858 fully paid ordinary shares are held by 4,171 individual shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote 
per share and carry the right to dividends. 

IMF Bentham Bonds 
There are 760,000 bonds issued held by 1,165 individual bond holders. The IMF Bentham Bonds do not carry the right 
to vote. 

Options
There are no options issued over ordinary shares. 

Share Performance Rights 
4,255,816 performance rights were issued to 53 rights holders bringing the total number of performance rights on issue 
to 15,601,589.  

Fixed Rate Notes 
There are 72,000 Fixed Rate Notes. 

Distribution of Securities
The number of shareholders by size of holding, in each class are as at 31 July 2019: 

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Fully paid 
ordinary 
shares

Number

927

406,106

1,424

4,099,744

777

971

5,830,842

25,297,254

72

168,974,912

Number

Bonds

1,115

43

4

2

1

163,386

81,942

23,407

41,299

449,966

760,000

4,171 204,608,858

1,165

Non-marketable Parcels
There were 255 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares. 

(b) Substantial Shareholders
As at 31 July 2019, the Shareholders (and their associates) that hold 5% or more of Shares on issue based on Section 
671B notices lodged with ASX are set out below: 

Shareholder

Kabouter Management, LLC

Perpetual Investment Management

Challenger Limited

Greencape Capital Pty Ltd

Eley Griffiths Group

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares 

% of  
issued 
capital

19,132,869

15,205,771

13,488,165

13,438,505

11,114,685

72,379,995

9.35

7.43

6.59

6.57

5.43

35.37

135

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Shareholder 
Information
continued

(c)  20 Largest Holders of Quoted Equity Securities as at 31 July 2019

Ordinary Shares

1. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

2. J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

3. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

4. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA 

5. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

6. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

7. MCLERNON GROUP SUPERANNUATION PTY LTD 

8. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

9. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

10. MR DENNIS JOHN BANKS 

11. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

12. PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED

13. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

14. MR HUGH MCLERNON 

15. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

16. MR PETER FREDERICK PHILLIPS AND ALICE SAU HAN PHILLIPS

17. PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LTD

18. BOUCHI PTY LTD 

19. MUTUAL TRUST PTY LTD

20. B F A PTY LTD 

(d) Options as at 31 July 2019 – unquoted
There are no options issued. 

(e)  Securities subject to escrow
There are no securities subject to escrow.

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares  
‘000

% of issued 
capital

41,157

25,546

23,883

16,716

16,404

14,136

3,862

2,529

2,047

1,838

1,743

1,727

1,061

1,002

845

804

763

641

638

586

20.12

12.49

11.67

8.17

8.02

6.91

1.89

1.24

1.00

0.90

0.85

0.84

0.52

0.49

0.41

0.39

0.37

0.31

0.31

0.29

157,928

 77.19 

136

Shareholder 
Information
continued

(f) 20 Largest Holders of Quoted IMF Bentham Bonds as at 31 July 2019 

Bond Holders

1. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

2. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

3. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED 

4. MCLERNON GROUP SUPERANNUATION PTY LTD

5. ST HEDWIG VILLAGE

6. MUTUAL TRUST PTY LTD

7. J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIAN PTY LIMITED

8. PSTAR PTY LTD

9. SUNSTONE FINANCE PTY LTD

10. RACING VICTORIA LIMITED

11. DYSPO PTY LIMITED

11. AGGREGATED CAPITAL PTY LTD

11. BJM INCOME INVESTMENTS PTY LTD

12. CARRIER INTERNATIONAL PTY LIMITED

13. THE GOLF NUT PTY LTD1

14. NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED

15. MR CHIA-HO CHEN

16. AGED CARE GROUP PTY LTD

16. CONTINENTAL HOLDINGS PTY LTD

16. SANCTUARY GATE PTY LTD

16. MORBEN NOMINEES PTY LTD

16. SPACE DOOR PTY LTD

16. TUDOR FARM PTY LTD

16. CAROLYN MARGARET EARL AND JOHN WILLIAM NISSEN

16. LEVIEN FOUNDATION PTY LTD

16. SINGAPORE INVESTMENTS PTY LTD

17. ROSEMARIE HANICH

18. THE GOLF NUT PTY LTD1

19. NATIONAL STROKE FOUNDATION 

20. LUCA ROTTER AND JANE LOUISE ABBOTT

1.  Held in different accounts.

Number of 
Bonds 

449,966

23,608

17,691

7,500

5,515

5,241

5,151

4,269

3,867

3,310

2,500

2,500

2,500

2,480

2,446

2,280

2,250

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

2,000

1,981

1,969

1,910

1,774

% of 
units

59.21

3.11

2.33

0.99

0.73

0.69

0.68

0.56

0.51

0.44

0.33

0.33

0.33

0.33

0.32

0.30

0.30

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.26

0.25

0.23

568,708

74.83 

137

OverviewDirectors’ ReportFinancial Report Shareholder Information  IMF Bentham Limited  Annual Report 2019Corporate 
Information

This annual report covers both IMF Bentham Limited as an individual entity and the consolidated entity comprising 
IMF Bentham Limited and its subsidiaries. The Group’s functional and presentation currency is AUD ($).

A description of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the review of operations and activities 
in the Directors’ Report. The Directors’ Report is not part of the financial report.

Directors
Michael Kay 
Andrew Saker 
Hugh McLernon 
Michael Bowen 
Karen Phin
Christine Feldmanis

Company Secretary
Jeremy Sambrook

Non-Executive Chairman
Managing Director
Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Registered office and principal place of business in Australia
Level 18, 68 Pitt Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Phone: (02) 8223 3567 
Fax: (02) 8223 3555

Solicitors 
DLA PIPER
Level 31, Central Park 
152-158 St George’s Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

Share registry
LINK MARKET SERVICES
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235

Phone: 1300 554 474

Auditors
EY
The EY Building 
11 Mounts Bay Road 
Perth WA 6000

Bankers
NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED
255 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Internet address
www.imf.com.au

The Company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange with Sydney, Australia as its home exchange. 

Its ASX code is “IMF” and its shares were trading as at the date of this report.

138

Glossary 
of Terms

AASB

Australian Accounting Standards Board

Addressable 
Market

Is IMF’s estimate of the annual amount spent by plaintiff/applicants on external costs of litigation/
dispute resolution that could be addressed by IMF’s litigation funding service offering.

CAGR

EMEA

EPS

Compound Annual Growth Rate

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Earnings Per Share

Estimated 
Portfolio Value 
(EPV)

EPV for an investment where the IMF funding entity earns a percentage of the resolution proceeds as 
a funding commission, is IMF’s current estimate of the claim’s recoverable amount after considering 
the perceived capacity of the defendant to meet the claim. It is not necessarily the amount being 
claimed by the claimants, nor is it an estimate of the return to IMF if the investment is successful. EPV 
for an investment where the IMF funding entity earns a funding commission calculated as a multiple 
of capital invested shall be calculated by taking IMF’s estimate of the potential income return from the 
investment and grossing this up to an EPV using IMF’s Long-Term Conversion Rate. An EPV is subject 
to change over time for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to, changes in circumstances 
and knowledge relating to an investment, partial recovery and, where applicable, fluctuations in 
exchange rates between the applicable local currency and the Australian dollar.

IC

ICC

Investment Committee

International Chamber of Commerce

ICSID

International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes

IFRS

IRR

LTIP

International Financial Reporting Standards

Internal Rate of Return 

Long Term Incentive Program

MOIC

Multiple on Invested Capital

NCI

OCA

ROIC

SIAC

STIP

TFR

TSR

Non-Controlling Interest

On-line Client Administration Proprietary Database

Return on Invested Capital

Singapore International Arbitration Centre

Short Term Incentive Program

Total Fixed Remuneration

Total Shareholder Return

Non-IFRS financial information included in this Report has been prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing 
Non-IFRS financial information, issued December 2011. This information has not been audited or reviewed.

Disclaimer
None of the content in the IMF Bentham Limited (“IMF”) Annual Report is an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities of 
IMF or any other company affiliated with IMF. In addition, nothing herein should be construed as an offer to buy or sell, nor a solicitation of an 
offer to buy or sell, any security or other financial instrument, or to invest assets in any account managed or advised by IMF or its affiliates. 
This Annual Report is for the use of IMF’s public shareholders and is not an offering of any IMF private fund.

139

Australia

United States

Canada

Asia

Europe

New York
+1 212 488 5331

Toronto
+1 416 583 5720

Singapore
+65 6622 5396

437 Madison Avenue  
19th Floor 
New York NY 10022

250 The Esplanade 
Suite 127 
Toronto ON M5A 1J2

Suite 59, Level 42  
Six Battery Road 
Singapore 049909

London
+44 203 968 6061

81 Chancery Lane  
London WC2A 1DD

Los Angeles
+1 213 550 2687

Montreal
+1 514 257 6971

555 West Fifth Street 
Suite 3310 
Los Angeles CA 
90013

60 Rue St Jacques 
Bureau 401 
Montréal QC H2Y 1L5

Hong Kong
+852 3978 2629 
+852 3978 2300

Level 16 
Man Yee Building 
60-68 Des Voeux Road 
Central Hong Kong

San Francisco
+1 415 231 0363

Two Rincon Center 
121 Spear Street 
Suite 405 
San Francisco CA 
94105

Houston
+1 713 965 7920

LyondellBasell Tower 
1221 McKinney Street 
Suite 2860 
Houston TX 77010

Sydney 
+61 2 8223 3567

Level 18 
68 Pitt Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

GPO Box 5457 
Sydney NSW 2001

Perth
+61 8 9225 2300

Level 6 
37 St Georges 
Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

PO Box 5106 
Perth WA 6831

Brisbane
+61 7 3108 1310

Level 4 
320 Adelaide Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000

Melbourne
+61 3 9913 3301

Level 3 
Bourke Place 
600 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000

Adelaide
+61 8 8122 1010

50 Gilbert Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

www.imf.com.au